You are on page 1of 114

Medium bore size cylinder/

double acting/single rod

SCP*3
CMK2 Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
Double acting cylinder single rod
JIS symbol
CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8
(Up to 200), 0 (More than 200)
+2.0 +2.4
Stroke tolerance mm 0
SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 500
Cushion Rubber cushion
SSG Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639
SSD

CAT Stroke
Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
MDC2 Standard stroke
Bore size (mm) Without With Without bellows Bellows
(mm)
bellows bellows Bellows “L” “J”
MVC ø20
25/50/75/100/
ø25
SMG 150/200/250/ 750 750 5 25
ø32
300
MSD/ ø40
MSDG *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
*2: Single foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.
FC* *3: Contact CKD when stroke shorter than 25 mm is required for “J” bellows.

STK
Min. stroke with switch (Unit: mm)
SRL3 Switch quantity 1 2 3
Proximity Reed Proximity Reed Proximity Reed
SRG3 Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRM3 ø25 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø32 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRT3 ø40 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
*1: Up to 3 switches can be mounted.
MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

86
CMK2 Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed CMK2
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programmable Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable
Applications controller, relay, relay, IC circuit (without indicator
compact solenoid valve programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay lamp), serial connection controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA SCA2
LED LED Red/green Red/green LED Yellow Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when (Lit when LED LED (Lit when LED (Lit LED LED
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) (Lit when ON) (Lit when ON) ON) when ON) (Lit when ON) (Lit when ON)
Leakage 1 mA or less with
CKV2
100 VAC, 2 mA or 1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current less with 200 VAC CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 COVP/N2
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142
*1: R
 efer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD

CAT
Bellows max. operating ambient temperature
MDC2
Code Bellows material Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
J Polyolefin elastomer 100°C 200°C MVC
L Silicone rubber glass cloth 250°C 400°C
The instantaneous max. temperature is the temperature when sparks and cutting chips, etc., instantaneously SMG
contact the bellows.
MSD/
MSDG
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)
Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm FC*
Item/mounting Switch Switch rail Additional
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Eye bracket Clevis Clevis bracket Trunnion weight + band weight per
Bore size (mm) (00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (CA) (CC) (CB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc.) weight S = 10 mm STK
ø20 0.17 0.32 0.25 0.23 0.32 0.18 0.32 0.22 0.005 0.01
Refer to the weight SRL3
ø25 0.26 0.52 0.39 0.41 0.50 0.26 0.50 0.36 0.005 0.01
in the switch
ø32 0.30 0.56 0.43 0.45 0.54 0.30 0.54 0.40 0.009 0.02
specifications. SRG3
ø40 0.48 0.74 0.61 0.63 0.72 0.50 0.72 0.64 0.009 0.02
Product weight when S = 0 mm ......0.45 kg SRM3
Product stroke (50)
Additional weight when S = 50 mm...........Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02 x = 0.10kg
10
(Example) ‌Product weight of CMK2-FA-32-50-T0H-D Weight of 2 switches........................0.036 kg SRT3
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands .......0.018 kg
Product weight.................................0.45 kg+0.1 kg+0.036 kg+0.018 kg=0.604 kg MRL2

MRG2

Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N) SM‑25


Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 ShkAbs
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x10 2
1.57x10 2
1.88x10 2
2.20x10 2
2.51x10 2
2.83x10 2
3.14x10 2
ø20
Pull 23.6 35.3 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x102 1.41x102 1.65x102 1.88x102 2.12x102 2.36x102 FJ
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x10 2
1.96x10 2
2.45x10 2
2.95x10 2
3.44x10 2
3.93x10 2
4.42x10 2
4.91x10 2
ø25 FK
Pull 37.8 56.7 75.6 1.13x102 1.51x102 1.89x102 2.27x102 2.64x102 3.02x102 3.40x102 3.78x102
Push 80.4 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102 Spd
ø32
Pull 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102 Contr
Push 1.26x102 1.88x102 2.51x102 3.77x102 5.03x102 6.28x102 7.54x102 8.80x102 1.01x103 1.13x103 1.26x103
ø40 Ending
Pull 1.10x102 1.65x102 2.21x102 3.31x102 4.41x102 5.51x102 6.62x102 7.72x102 8.82x102 9.92x102 1.10x103

87
CMK2 Series
SCP*3
How to order
No switch (built-in magnet for switch)
CMK2 CMK2 00 20 100 Y
With switch (built-in magnet for switch)
CMA2
CMK2 00 20 100 T0H R V Y Code Description
SCM A Mounting
00 Basic
LB Axial foot (two sides)
SCG A Mounting LS Axial foot (one side)
*1 FA Rod side flange
SCA2 FB Head side flange
CA Eye bracket
CC Eye bracket integrated
SCS2 CC1 Eye bracket, bush pressfit
CB Clevis bracket (pin and split washer pin included)
CKV2 TA Rod side trunnion
TB Head side trunnion
CAV2/ B Bore size (mm)
COVP/N2 B Bore size 20 ø20 *9
25 ø25 *9
SSD2 32 ø32
40 ø40
SSG C Port thread
C Port thread Blank Rc thread
SSD NN NPT thread (made-to-order product)
GN G thread (made-to-order product)

CAT D Stroke (mm)


D Stroke Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
ø20 5 to 750
MDC2 ø25 5 to 750 In 1 mm
ø32 5 to 750 increments
MVC ø40 5 to 750
E Switch model No.
E Switch model No.
Reed Contact
Axial Voltage Lead
SMG Precautions for model No. selection Indicator
lead wire AC DC wire
MSD/ *1 : One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm. T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
MSDG *2 : For the min. stroke with switch and the max. and T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
min. strokes with bellows, refer to page 86. T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
*3 : The compatible tube O.D. of F (with push-in fitting T1H* T1V*
FC* 2-wire
(straight)) and FE (with push-in fitting (elbow)) is ø6. T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
*4 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the temperature T3H* T3V* 3-wire
STK when sparks and cutting chips, etc., instantaneously T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED 3-wire
Prox.

contact the bellows.


T2WH* T2WV*
*5 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. 2-wire
SRL3 *6 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom T2YH* T2YV*
2-color LED
T3WH* T3WV*
specifications of rod end form. 3-wire
T3YH* T3YV*
SRG3 *7 : Refer to page 84 for combination of variations/ T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
options.
*8 : Up to three switches can be installed. If four or more * Lead wire length
SRM3 switches are required, switch mounting brackets for the Blank 1 m (standard)
extra switches must be prepared separately. 3 3 m (option)
*9 : For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel as 5 5 m (option)
SRT3 standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If a stainless F Switch quantity
steel rod nut is necessary, select the “M” option code.
F Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
MRL2 *10 : The “CCI” mounting is not available for copper and
PTFE free (P6). *8 H 1 on head side
D 2
MRG2 T 3
G Option
G Option Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
SM‑25
[Example of model No.] *4, *5 J Bellows 100°C 200°C

ShkAbs CMK2-00-20-100-T0H-R-VY
L Bellows 250°C 400°C
F With push-in fitting (straight)
Model: Medium bore size cylinder Double acting/standard FE With push-in fitting (elbow)
FJ A Mounting : Basic M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *9
B Bore size : ø20 mm V Boss cutoff
C Port thread : Rc thread P6 Copper and PTFE free *10
FK
D Stroke : 100 mm H Accessory
E Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1m H Accessory
Spd I Rod eye
*5 Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
Contr F Switch quantity : 1 on rod side Y
G Option : Boss cutoff B2 Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)
Ending H Accessory : Rod clevis

88
CMK2 Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set Switch body only Mounting bracket set

CMK2 T0H 20 SW T0H CMK2 T 20 CMK2

Bore size Bore size CMA2


(Item B on page 88) (Item B on page 88)
Switch model No. Switch model No.
(Item E on page 88) (Item E on page 88) Mounting bracket SCM

SCG

How to order mounting bracket SCA2


Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 SCS2
Mounting bracket
Basic (00) *3 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30
Axial foot (LB/LS) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 CKV2
Flange (FA/FB) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 CAV2/
Trunnion (TA/TB) M1-TA-20 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-40 COVP/N2
Eye bracket (CA) M1-CA-20 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30
Clevis bracket (CB) M1-CB-20 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 SSD2
*1: ‌Regarding mounting brackets, mounting nuts and toothed washers are supplied with the axial foot and flange. The trunnion includes mounting nuts.
*2: For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of the “M1-LB-*1” in the table above are required. SSG
*3: Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.
SSD

CAT
Specifications for rechargeable battery (Catalog No. CC-1226A)

Design compatible with rechargeable battery manufacturing process MDC2

… MVC
CMK2 P4*
* Contact CKD for details. SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

89
CMK2 Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list

CMK2

CMA2

SCM

SCG
1 2 3 4 16 17 5 21 19 18 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 15 13 14

SCA2

SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2

SSD2

SSG
20

SSD

CAT

MDC2
Cannot be disassembled
MVC
Note: This product is a caulked and cannot be disassembled.
SMG
No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
MSD/ 1 Rod nut Steel Zinc chromate 11 Wear ring Polyacetal resin
MSDG 2 Piston rod ø20, ø25: Stainless steel 12 Piston B Aluminum alloy
Industrial chrome plating
ø32, ø40: Carbon steel 13 Head cover Aluminum alloy
FC*
3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 14 Hexagon nut Steel Zinc chromate

STK 4 Bush ø20: Dry bearing 15 Spacer Steel Zinc chromate


*1
ø25, ø32, ø40: Copper-based 16 Nut Steel Zinc chromate

SRL3 5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy 17 Toothed washer Steel Zinc chromate
6 Cylinder tube Stainless steel With switch

SRG3 7 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber 18 Switch body


8 Piston A Aluminum alloy 19 Band Stainless steel
SRM3 9 Piston packing Nitrile rubber 20 Pan head machine screw Stainless steel
10 Magnet Plastic 21 Switch rail Stainless steel
SRT3 *1: Oleoresin bearing for copper and PTFE free.

MRL2 Material of mounting bracket


Mounting Material Note: ‌Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product.
However, if the product is supplied with bellows and the mounting
MRG2 LB/LS Steel
bracket is LB, FA, or TA, it will be shipped assembled.
FA/FB Steel
SM‑25 TA/TB Steel
CA Steel
ShkAbs CB Steel

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

90
CMK2 Series
Double acting
Dimensions SCP*3
Basic (00)
CMK2

MN (Width across flats)


X + stroke

16 CMA2
8
SCM

SCG

SCA2
MO [Boss cutoff]
SCS2
X + stroke
X+ + stroke A WF LL + stroke V
A WF + HA C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16 K CKV2
b P1 øMM 8 RD HD 8
P CAV2/
T 2-Rc1/8 COVP/N2

SSD2
(Pθ)
ød

øF
8

KK SSG
MB
Width across flats B

øD
10 10 MB
XF
[With bellows] 2 widths across flats U SSD

CAT
RD: Rod side max. sensitivity position
HD: Head side max. sensitivity position
MDC2
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions
Bore size (mm) A B C D F HA K KK LL MB MM MN MO T U V WF X XF MVC
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 26 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 8 5 5 24 14 24 124 44
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 10 5 6 30 16 23 131 46 SMG
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 10 5 6 34 16 23 131 46
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 35 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 12 6 7 43 16 23 137 48 MSD/
MSDG
With switch With bellows Boss cutoff
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W FC*
P P1 (Pθ)° b d X
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6 110 STK
ø25 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115
ø32 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115 SRL3
ø40 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 121
*1 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point. SRG3
*2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches.
*3 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98.
SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

91
CMK2 Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
Axial foot (LB)
CMK2
LA + stroke
A WF LL + stroke V
CMA2 HA
LA + + stroke C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD16
A WF +
P1 øMM 8 RD 2-Rc1/8 HD 8
SCM b
P T
SCG

8
LI
ød

)
SCA2

(Pθ
LH
LT

KK LF

øD
10 10
SCS2 Width across flats B LB
[With bellows] LR LC LC LB
4-øLD LS LG + stroke
CKV2 *1 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.
*2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches.
CAV2/ *3 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98.
COVP/N2
Code Axial foot (LB) Basic dimensions Mounting dimensions
SSD2 Bore size (mm) A B C D HA KK LL MM T V WF LA LB LC LD LF LG LH LI
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 26 M 8x1.0 66 10 5 14 24 138 10 18 6 6 102 25 15
SSG ø25 23 17 20 26.4 35 M10x1.25 69 12 6 16 23 150 12 23 7 0 115 30 20
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 35 M10x1.25 69 12 6 16 23 150 12 23 7 0 115 30 20

SSD ø40 25 19 22 41.6 35 M12x1.5 73 14 7 16 23 156 12 23 7 0 119 30 20


With switch With bellows
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
CAT LR LS LT P P1 (Pθ)° b d
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 30 44 3.2 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6
MDC2
ø25 46 62 3.2 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ø32 46 62 3.2 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
MVC
ø40 46 62 3.2 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7

SMG Axial foot (single) (LS) X + stroke


A WF LL + stroke V
MSD/ X + + stroke HA 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16 K
C V
MSDG A WF +
øMM 8 RD 2-Rc1/8 HD 8
b P1
FC* P T
8
LI

STK
ød

)
(Pθ
LH
LT

SRL3 KK
10 MB
øD

10
[With bellows] Width across flats B
LR LC LB
SRG3 2-øLD LG + stroke
LS LF
X + stroke
SRM3 16
8

SRT3
*1 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.
MRL2 *2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED
switches. LG + stroke
*3 : Max. stroke: 50.
MRG2 *4 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98. [Boss cutoff]
Code Axial foot (single) (LS) Basic dimensions Mounting dimensions
SM‑25 Bore size (mm) A B C D HA K KK LL MB MM T V WF X LB LC LD LF LG LH
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 26 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 14 24 124 10 18 6 38.8 65.2 25
ShkAbs ø25 23 17 20 26.4 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 131 12 23 7 42.8 65.2 30
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 131 12 23 7 42.8 65.2 30
FJ ø40 25 19 22 41.6 35 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 16 23 137 12 23 7 42.8 69.2 30
With switch With bellows Boss cutoff
Code
FK T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
LI LR LS LT P P1 (Pθ)° b d X LG
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
Spd ø20 15 30 44 3.2 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6 110 51.2
Contr ø25 20 46 62 3.2 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115 49.2
ø32 20 46 62 3.2 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115 49.2
Ending ø40 20 46 62 3.2 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 121 53.2

92
CMK2 Series
Double acting
Dimensions SCP*3
Rod side flange (FA)
X + stroke
CMK2
A WF LL + stroke V
X + + stroke C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD16 K
A WF + HA CMA2
øMM 8 RD 2-Rc1/8 HD 8
b

P
øF
T
SCM

SCG

FH
FC

øF
ød

KK SCA2

øD
FL FT 10 10 MB
[With bellows] 4-øFD
FM Width across flats B FF FG + stroke
X + stroke SCS2
16
8
CKV2
CAV2/
*1 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.
COVP/N2
*2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED FG + stroke
switches. SSD2
*3 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98. [Boss cutoff]
Code Rod side flange (FA) Basic dimensions Mounting dimensions SSG
Bore size (mm) A B C D F HA K KK LL MB MM T V WF X FC FD FF FG
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 26 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 14 24 124 20 6 20.8 83.2 SSD
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 131 28 7 18.5 89.5
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 131 28 7 18.5 89.5 CAT
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 35 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 16 23 137 28 7 18.5 93.5
With switch With bellows Boss cutoff MDC2
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
FH FL FM FP FT b d X FG
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD MVC
ø20 34 40 54 29 3.2 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6 110 69.2
ø25 44 64 80 41 4.5 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115 73.5
SMG
ø32 44 64 80 41 4.5 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115 73.5
ø40 44 64 80 41 4.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 121 77.5 MSD/
MSDG
Head side flange (FB)
FC*
X + stroke
A WF LL + stroke V STK
X + + stroke C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD16
A WF + HA
øMM 8 RD 2-Rc1/8 HD 8 SRL3
b
P
øF

T K
SRG3
FC
FH
ød

SRM3
KK
øD

MB 10 10 FT FL SRT3
[With bellows] 4-øFD
Width across flats B FJ + stroke FM

MRL2
*1 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.
*2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches.
*3 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98. MRG2
Code Head side flange (FB) Basic dimensions Mounting dimensions
Bore size (mm) A B C D HA K KK LL MB MM T V WF X FC FD FH SM‑25
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 26 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 14 24 124 20 6 34
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 131 28 7 44 ShkAbs
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 131 28 7 44
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 35 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 16 23 137 28 7 44 FJ
With switch With bellows
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W FK
FJ FL FM FP FT b d
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 93.2 40 54 29 3.2 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6 Spd
ø25 96.5 64 80 41 4.5 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
Contr
ø32 96.5 64 80 41 4.5 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ø40 100.5 64 80 41 4.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
Ending

93
CMK2 Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
Eye bracket (CA)
CMK2 CA + stroke
A WF LL + stroke
CMA2 CA + + stroke 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD16
C V CL CM
A WF +
øMM 8 RD 2-Rc1/8 HD 8 øCDH10 P1
SCM b
*3
T K P

SCG

(Pθ)
CO

CH
ød

8
SCA2 KK

P
øD

øC
MB 10 10 CB CC CQ -0.2
0

[With bellows]
SCS2 Width across CJ + stroke
flats B

CKV2 *1 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.


*2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches.
CAV2/ *3 : Not piping port.
COVP/N2 *4 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98.
Code Eye bracket (CA) Basic dimensions Mounting dimensions
SSD2 Bore size (mm) A B C D K KK LL MB MM T V WF CA CB CC CD CH CJ CL
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 14 24 165 14 10 10 26 135 31
SSG ø25 23 17 20 26.4 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 177 18 12 12 35 142 32
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 177 18 12 12 35 142 32
SSD ø40 25 19 22 41.6 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 16 23 183 18 12 12 35 146 32
With switch With bellows
CAT Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
CM CO CP CQ P P1 (Pθ)° b d
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
MDC2 ø20 24 22 28 8 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6
ø25 30 26 37 10 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
MVC ø32 30 26 37 10 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ø40 30 26 37 10 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
SMG
MSD/ Clevis bracket (CB)
MSDG
CA + stroke
FC* A WF LL + stroke
CA + + stroke C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD16 CL CM
A WF +
STK øMM 8 RD 2-Rc1/8 HD 8 øCDH10 P1
b
T K *3
P
SRL3
(Pθ)
CO

CH
ød

SRG3
8

KK
P
øD

øC

MB 10 10 CB CC CW +0.2
SRM3 [With bellows] +0.1

Width across CJ + stroke CV


flats B
SRT3
*1 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.
MRL2 *2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches.
*3 : Not piping port.
*4 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98.
MRG2
Code Clevis bracket (CB) Basic dimensions Mounting dimensions
Bore size (mm) A B C D K KK LL MB MM T V WF CA CB CC CD CH CJ CL
SM‑25
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 14 24 165 14 10 10 26 135 31
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 177 18 12 12 35 142 32
ShkAbs
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 177 18 12 12 35 142 32
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 16 23 183 18 12 12 35 146 32
FJ
With switch With bellows
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
FK CM CO CP CV CW P P1 (Pθ)° b d
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
Spd ø20 24 22 28 19 8 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6
Contr ø25 30 26 37 25 10 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ø32 30 26 37 25 10 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
Ending ø40 30 26 37 25 10 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7

94
CMK2 Series
Double acting
Dimensions SCP*3
Eye bracket integrated (CC)
Eye bracket bush pressfit (CC1) CMK2
CA + stroke
A WF LL + stroke CM CMA2
CA+ + stroke C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16 CB CC U
A WF +
b
øMM 8 RD 2-Rc1/8 HD 8 øCDH10 SCM
P1
T K P
SCG

(Pθ)
CO
ød

KK
SCA2

øF
øD
MB 10 10 CI CQ -0.1

[With bellows] Width across


-0.3
SCS2
CJ + stroke
flats B
*1 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point. CKV2
*2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches.
*3 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98. CAV2/
COVP/N2
Code Eye bracket integrated (CC) Basic dimensions Mounting dimensions
Bore size (mm) A B C D F K KK LL MB MM T U V WF CA CB CC CD CI SSD2
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 24 14 24 131 12 9 8 11
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 30 16 23 136 12 9 8 11 SSG
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 34 16 23 141 14 12 10 13
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 43 16 23 151 16 14 12 15 SSD
With switch With bellows
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W CAT
CJ CM CO CQ P P1 (Pθ)° b d
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 102 21 22 16 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6 MDC2
ø25 104 21 24 16 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ø32 106 26 24 16 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 MVC
ø40 112 30 30 20 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
SMG
Eye bracket integrated (CC) with bracket (option code B2)
Eye bracket bush pressfit (CC1) with bracket (option code B2)
MSD/
CA + stroke MSDG
A WF LL + stroke U FC*
CA+ + stroke C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16 CM CQ -0.1
-0.3

A WF +
øMM 8 RD 2-Rc1/8 HD 8 STK
b P1
T K
P
SRL3
(Pθ)

CO
ød

SRG3
8

KK øF
50
øD

MB 10 10
[With bellows] SRM3
3.2

Width across CJ + stroke


flats B
4-slot 7 x 11 20 10 20 20 10 SRT3
7.5 40 CR
55 CS
*1 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point. MRL2
*2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches.
*3 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98.
MRG2
Code Eye bracket integrated (CC) with bracket (option code B2) Basic dimensions Mounting dimensions
Bore size (mm) A B C D F K KK LL MB MM T U V WF CA CJ CM CO
SM‑25
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 24 14 24 131 102 21 22
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 30 16 23 136 104 21 24
ShkAbs
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 34 16 23 141 106 26 24
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 43 16 23 151 112 30 30
FJ
With switch With bellows
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
CQ CR CS P P1 (Pθ)° b d FK
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 16 56 76 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6 Spd
ø25 16 56 76 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 Contr
ø32 16 56 76 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ø40 20 60 80 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
Ending

95
CMK2 Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
Rod side trunnion (TA) X + stroke
CMK2 HA A WF LL + stroke V
X+ + stroke C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD16 K
A WF +
CMA2 P1 øMM TB 8 RD 2-Rc1/8 HD 8
b
P T
SCM

(Pθ)
øTDd9
TH

øF
ød

SCG

8
KK

øD
TM TL TE 10 10 MB
SCA2 [With bellows] Width across TF
TN TG + stroke
flats B
X + stroke
SCS2 16
8
CKV2 [Boss cutoff]
*1 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.
CAV2/
COVP/N2 *2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED
switches.
*3 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98. TG + stroke
SSD2
Code Rod side trunnion (TA) Basic dimensions Mounting dimensions
Bore size (mm) A B C D F HA K KK LL MB MM T V WF X TB TD TE TF TG TH
SSG
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 26 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 14 24 124 4.5 8 9 19.5 84.5 29.5
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 131 5.5 10 11 17.5 90.5 39
SSD
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 131 5.5 10 11 17.5 90.5 39
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 35 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 16 23 137 5.5 10 11 17.5 94.5 44
CAT With switch With bellows Boss cutoff
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
MDC2 Bore size (mm) TL TM TN P P1 (Pθ)° b d X TG
GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 8 30 46 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6 110 70.5
MVC ø25 12 40 64 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115 74.5
ø32 12 40 64 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115 74.5
SMG ø40 9.5 53 72 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 121 78.5

MSD/ Rod side trunnion (TA) with bracket (option code B2)
TN X + stroke
MSDG
TM TL A WF LL + stroke V
FC* X+ + stroke HA C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD16 K
A WF +
P1 øMM TB 8 RD 2-Rc1/8 HD 8
b
STK P T
(Pθ)

SRL3
øTDd9
TH

øF
ød

KK
8

SRG3
øD

10 MB
50

10
3.2

Width across flats B TF TG + stroke


SRM3 X + stroke
10 20 20 10 20 16
[With bellows] TR 7.5 40 4-slot 7 x 11 8
SRT3 TS 55
[Boss cutoff]
MRL2 *1 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.
*2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color
LED switches.
MRG2 *3 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98. TG + stroke

Code Rod side trunnion (TA) with bracket (option code B2) Basic dimensions Mounting dimensions
SM‑25 Bore size (mm) A B C D F HA K KK LL MB MM T V WF X TB TD TF TG TH
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 26 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 14 24 124 4.5 8 19.5 84.5 29.5
ShkAbs ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 131 5.5 10 17.5 90.5 39
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 131 5.5 10 17.5 90.5 39
FJ ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 35 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 16 23 137 5.5 10 17.5 94.5 44
With switch With bellows Boss cutoff
Code
FK T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
TL TM TN TR TS P P1 (Pθ)° b d X G
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
Spd ø20 8 30 46 70 90 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6 110 70.5
Contr
ø25 12 40 64 80 100 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115 74.5
ø32 12 40 64 80 100 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115 74.5
Ending
ø40 9.5 53 72 93 113 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 121 78.5

96
CMK2 Series
Double acting
Dimensions SCP*3
Head side trunnion (TB)
CMK2
X + stroke
A WF LL + stroke V CMA2
X+ + stroke C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16
A WF + HA
b
øMM 8 RD 2-Rc1/8 HD 8 TB SCM
P1

øTDd9
T K
P
SCG

(Pθ)

TH
ød

KK
SCA2

8
øD
MB 10 10 TE TL TM
[With bellows] Width across SCS2
TJ + stroke TK TN
flats B
*1 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point. CKV2
*2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches.
*3 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98. CAV2/
Code Head side trunnion (TB) Basic dimensions Mounting dimensions COVP/N2
Bore size (mm) A B C D HA K KK LL MB MM T V WF X TB TD TE TH TJ
SSD2
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 26 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 14 24 124 4.5 8 9 29.5 94.5
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 131 5.5 10 11 39 97.5
SSG
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 131 5.5 10 11 39 97.5
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 35 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 16 23 137 5.5 10 11 44 101.5
SSD
With switch With bellows
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
TK TL TM TN P P1 (Pθ)° b d CAT
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 9.5 8 30 46 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6
MDC2
ø25 10.5 12 40 64 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ø32 10.5 12 40 64 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
MVC
ø40 10.5 9.5 53 72 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7

Head side trunnion (TB) with bracket (option code B2) SMG

X + stroke TN
MSD/
MSDG
A WF LL + stroke V TL TM
X+ + stroke C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16 HA FC*
A WF +
øMM 8 RD 2-Rc1/8 HD 8 TB P1
b

øTDd9
T K P STK

SRL3
(Pθ)

TH
ød

KK
8

SRG3
øD

10
50

MB 10
[With bellows] Width across TJ + stroke
flats B SRM3
3.2

20 10 20 20 10
40 7.5 TR SRT3
4-slot 7 x 11 55 TS

*1 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point. MRL2


*2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches.
*3 : For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98.
MRG2
Code Head side trunnion (TB) with bracket (option code B2) Basic dimensions Mounting dimensions
Bore size (mm) A B C D HA K KK LL MB MM T V WF X TB TD TH TJ TL
SM‑25
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 26 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 14 24 124 4.5 8 29.5 94.5 8
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 131 5.5 10 39 97.5 12
ShkAbs
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 16 23 131 5.5 10 39 97.5 12
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 35 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 16 23 137 5.5 10 44 101.5 9.5
FJ
With switch With bellows
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
TM TN TR TS P P1 (Pθ)° b d FK
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 30 46 70 90 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6 Spd
ø25 40 64 80 100 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 Contr
ø32 40 64 80 100 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ø40 53 72 93 113 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
Ending

97
CMK2 Series
Accessories (rod eye/bracket/pin)

SCP*3
CMK2 Series common accessory dimensions

CMK2 Rod eye (I) Material: ‌Steel Rod clevis (Y) Material: ‌Steel
-0.1 +0.3
CDH10 EW -0.2 Zinc chromate CDH10 CB +0.1 Zinc chromate
CMA2 treatment treatment

MC

MC
SCM
MA

MB
CA

CA
SCG
AA

SCA2
KK CH 19 KK CH CL
SCS2
Model Bore size Weight Model Bore size Weight
AA CA CD CH EW KK MA MC CA CB CD CH CL KK MB MC
No. (mm) (g) No. (mm) (g)
CKV2
M1-I-20 20 14 30 10 19 8 M8x1.0 13 10 60 M1-Y-20 20 30 8 10 19 19 M8x1.0 13 10 99
CAV2/ M1-I-30 25/32 14 36 12 25 10 M10x1.25 16 12 106 M1-Y-30 25/32 36 10 12 25 25 M10x1.25 16 12 197
COVP/N2 M1-I-40 40 14 36 12 25 10 M12x1.5 16 12 100 M1-Y-40 40 36 10 12 25 25 M12x1.5 16 12 193
Note: A pin and split washer pin are included.
SSD2
Material: ‌Steel, zinc chromate
Clevis bracket (B2) treatment Rod clevis pin (P) Material: ‌Steel, zinc chromate
SSG
50 30 treatment
15 20 A
SSD øCDf8
3.2 7 4.5 EL T

CAT

øX
øY
MDC2 CD +0.1
0

8 20 4 2-øD
55
40
X

MVC R3.5 7
3.
R MR
7.4

SMG
7.5

MSD/ Applicable bore Model Applicable Weight


Weight
MSDG Model No. Compatible model CD MR A D CD EL T X Y
size (mm) (g) No. bore size (mm) (g)
FC* M1-B2-20-CC CMK2-CC 20/25 8 8 145 M1-P-20 20 37 4 10 28 1.6 10.5 18 29
M1-B2-30-CC (Eye bracket 32 10 11 163 M1-P-30 25/32/40 46 4 12 37 2.5 12.5 22 50

STK M1-B2-40-CC integrated) 40 12 11 170 Note: A pin and split washer pin for rod clevis use are included with the product.
M1-B2-30-CA CMK2-CA 20 10 11 158
SRL3 M1-B2-40-CA (Eye bracket) 25/32/40 12 11 162
M1-B2-20-TA CMK2-TA/TB 20 8 8 132
SRG3 M1-B2-30-TA (Trunnion) 25/32/40 10 11 142
*1: One pair is composed of two pieces with XY symmetry.
SRM3 *2: The model No. above includes snap ring and pin. 2 pieces are included in a set.
(However, the pin and snap rings are not included with the trunnion.)
Clevis bracket pin (P1) (P2) Material: ‌Steel Rod nut (NR) Material: ‌Steel
SRT3
Zinc chromate Zinc chromate treatment
treatment B T
MRL2
A
+0.1
0.9 0.9
+0.1
B
MRG2
0 0
øCDe8

SM‑25
C
øD

ShkAbs Model Compatible Applicable Applicable Weight KK


A B CD D
No. model bore size (mm) snap ring (g)
FJ M1-P1-20 20/25 33 28 8 7 E7 13 Applicable bore Weight
Model No. B C KK T
M1-P1-30 CMK2-CC 32 33 28 10 9 E9 21 size (mm) (g)
FK M1-P1-40 40 37 32 12 9 E9 32 M1-NR-20 20 13 15 M8x1.0 5 3.6
M1-P2-20 20 25 20 10 9 E9 16 M1-NR-30 25/32 17 19.6 M10x1.25 6 7.8
Spd CMK2-CA
M1-P2-30 25/32/40 27 22 12 9 E9 24 M1-NR-40 40 19 21.9 M12x1.5 7 10
Contr
Note: ‌A pin and snap ring for bracket use are included with the eye bracket
integrated.
Ending (However, the pin and snap rings are not included with the trunnion.)

98
MEMO
SCP*3

CMK2

CMA2

SCM

SCG

SCA2

SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2

SSD2

SSG

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

99
Medium bore size cylinder
XXXXX Series Single acting/push
○○○○○○○

SCP*3
CMK2-S Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
JIS symbol Single acting cylinder/push

CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2-S
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Single acting/push
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.2 (≈29 psi, 2 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8
+2.0 +2.4
Stroke tolerance mm 0 (Up to 200), 0 (More than 200)
SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 500
Cushion Rubber cushion
SSG Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639
SSD Note: ‌Do not leave the single acting cylinder pressurized for long periods. If it is left pressurized, the piston
rod may not be returned by the spring force when the pressure is released.
CAT
Stroke
MDC2
Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
Standard stroke
Bore size (mm) Without Without bellows
MVC (mm) With bellows Bellows “J”
bellows Bellows “L”
ø20
SMG 25/50/75/100/150
ø25
300 300 5 25
MSD/ ø32 25/50/75/100/
MSDG ø40 150/200
*1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
FC* *2: Single foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.
*3: Contact CKD when stroke shorter than 25 mm is necessary for “J” bellows.
STK

SRL3 Min. stroke with switch (Unit: mm)

Switch quantity 1 2 3
SRG3 Proximity Reed Proximity Reed Proximity Reed
Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8
SRM3 ø20 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRT3 ø32 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
MRL2 *1: Up to 3 switches can be mounted.

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

100
CMK2-S Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed CMK2
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable
Applications relay, IC circuit (without indicator
relay, compact solenoid valve programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay lamp), serial connection controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA SCA2
LED LED (Lit Red/green Red/green LED (Lit Yellow Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when when LED (Lit LED (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON)
CKV2
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC,
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 COVP/N2
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD

CAT

MDC2
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch Switch rail Additional MVC
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Eye bracket Clevis Clevis bracket Trunnion weight + band weight per
Bore size (mm) (00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (CA) (CC) (CB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc) weight S = 10 mm
SMG
ø20 0.17 0.32 0.25 0.23 0.32 0.18 0.32 0.22 0.005 0.01
Refer to the weight
ø25 0.26 0.52 0.39 0.41 0.50 0.26 0.50 0.36 0.005 0.01 MSD/
in the switch MSDG
ø32 0.30 0.56 0.43 0.45 0.54 0.30 0.54 0.40 0.009 0.02
specifications.
ø40 0.48 0.74 0.61 0.63 0.72 0.50 0.72 0.64 0.009 0.02
FC*

Item/mounting Stroke (S) additional weight STK


Bore size Over 25 to Over 50 to Over 75 to Over 100 to Over 150 to Over 200 to Over 250 to
25 or less
(mm) 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 SRL3
ø20 0.04 0.05 0.09 0.09 0.14 0.18 0.23 0.27
ø25 0.05 0.06 0.12 0.12 0.18 0.24 0.29 0.35 SRG3
ø32 0.09 0.11 0.23 0.22 0.32 0.43 0.53 0.64
ø40 0.13 0.16 0.31 0.31 0.47 0.62 0.78 0.93 SRM3
(Example) P‌ roduct weight of CMK2-S-FA-32-50-T0H-D Product weight when S = 0 mm ... 0.45 kg
Product stroke (50) SRT3
Additional weight when S = 50mm ..........Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02 x = 0.10 kg
10
Additional weight per S................. 0.11 kg
Weight of 2 switches .................... 0.036 kg MRL2
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands .... 0.018 kg
Product weight ............................. 0.45 kg+0.10 kg+0.10 kg+0.036 kg+0.018 kg=0.704 kg MRG2

SM‑25

Theoretical thrust table ShkAbs


(Unit: N)
Bore size Working pressure MPa FJ
(mm) 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
2 2 2 2 2 2
ø20 25 56 88 1.19x10 1.50x10 1.82x10 2.13x10 2.45x10 2.76x10 FK
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ø25 58 1.07x10 1.56x10 2.05x10 2.55x10 3.04x10 3.53x10 4.02x10 4.51x10
ø32 1.06x10
2
1.86x10
2
2.67x10
2
3.47x10
2
4.28x10
2
5.08x10
2
5.88x10
2
6.69x10
2
7.49x10
2 Spd
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
Contr
ø40 1.51x10 2.77x10 4.03x10 5.28x10 6.54x10 7.80x10 9.10x10 1.03x10 1.16x10
Note: The load above indicates thrust excluding the spring force at the push end. Ending

101
CMK2-S Series
Code Description
SCP*3
How to order A Mounting
00 Basic
CMK2 No switch (built-in magnet for switch) LB Axial foot (Two sides)
CMK2-S 00 20 100 M I LS Axial foot (One side)
CMA2 With switch (built-in magnet for switch) FA Rod side flange
FB Head side flange
SCM CMK2-S 00 20 100 T0H R M I CA Eye bracket
CC Eye bracket integrated
CC1 Eye bracket, bush pressfit
SCG CB Clevis bracket (pin and split washer pin included)
A Mounting
TA Rod side trunnion
*1
SCA2 TB Head side trunnion
B Bore size (mm)
SCS2 B Bore size 20 ø20 *9
25 ø25 *9
CKV2 32 ø32
40 ø40
CAV2/
C Port thread
COVP/N2 C Port thread Blank Rc thread
SSD2 NN NPT thread (made-to-order product)
GN G thread (made-to-order product)

SSG D Stroke (mm)


D Stroke Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
ø20 5 to 300
SSD
ø25 5 to 300 In 1 mm
ø32 5 to 300 increments
CAT ø40 5 to 300
E Switch model No.
MDC2 E Switch model No.

Reed Contact
Axial Radial Voltage Lead
Indicator
lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
MVC Precautions for model No. selection T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
*1 : One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm. T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
SMG *2 : For the min. stroke with switch and the max. and T1H* T1V*
min. strokes with bellows, refer to page 100.
2-wire
*3 : The compatible tube O.D. of F (with push-in fitting T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
MSD/ (straight)) and FE (with push-in fitting (elbow)) is ø6. T3H* T3V* 3-wire
MSDG *4 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the temperature
Proximity

T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED 3-wire


when sparks and cutting chips, etc., instantaneously
FC* T2WH* T2WV*
contact the bellows. 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV*
*5 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. 2-color LED
*6 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom specifications T3WH* T3WV*
STK 3-wire
of rod end form. T3YH* T3YV*
*7 : Refer to page 84 for combination of variations/ T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
SRL3 options. * Lead wire length
*8 : Up to three switches can be installed. If four or more Blank 1 m (standard)
switches are required, switch mounting brackets for the 3 3 m (option)
SRG3 extra switches must be prepared separately.
5 5 m (option)
*9 : For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel as
SRM3 standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If a stainless F Switch quantity
steel rod nut is necessary, select the “M” option code. F Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
*8 H 1 on head side
SRT3
D 2
T 3
MRL2
G Option
[Example of model No.] G Option Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
MRG2 CMK2-S-00-20-100-T0H-R-MI *3, *4 J Bellows 100°C 200°C
Model: Medium bore size cylinder, single acting/push L Bellows 250°C 400°C
SM‑25 A Mounting : Basic F With push-in fitting (straight)
B Bore size : ø20 mm FE With push-in fitting (elbow)
ShkAbs C Port thread : Rc thread M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *9
D Stroke : 100 mm V Boss cutoff
E Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1m P6 Copper and PTFE free
FJ
F Switch quantity : 1 on rod side H Accessory
G Option : Piston rod material (stainless steel)
H Accessory I Rod eye
FK H Accessory *5
: Rod eye Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
Spd B2 Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)
Contr

Ending

102
CMK2-S Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set Switch body only Mounting bracket set
CMK2
CMK2 T0H 20 SW T0H CMK2 T 20
Bore size Bore size
CMA2
Switch model No. (Item B on page 102) Switch model No. (Item B on page 102)
(Item E on page 102) (Item E on page 102) SCM
Mounting bracket

SCG

How to order mounting bracket SCA2


Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 SCS2
Mounting bracket
Basic (00) *3 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30
CKV2
Axial foot (LB/LS) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30
Flange (FA/FB) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 CAV2/
Trunnion (TA/TB) M1-TA-20 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-40 COVP/N2
Eye bracket (CA) M1-CA-20 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30
SSD2
Clevis bracket (CB) M1-CB-20 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30
*1: ‌Regarding mounting brackets, mounting nuts and toothed washers are supplied with the axial foot and flange. The trunnion includes mounting nuts.
*2: For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of “M1-LB-*” in the table above are required.
SSG
*3: Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.
SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

103
CMK2-S Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list

CMK2 1 2 3 4 5 6

CMA2

SCM

SCG

SCA2

SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Cannot be disassembled
SSD2 Note: This product is caulked and cannot be disassembled.
No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
SSG 1 Stainless steel wire mesh Stainless steel 4 Spring Piano wire Paint
2 Plug Steel Zinc chromate 5 Spring holder Special aluminum
SSD 3 Spring holder Special aluminum 6 Spring holder Special aluminum

CAT

MDC2
Spring load (Unit: N)
Bore size Stroke
MVC (mm) 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 300
(mm)
SMG At stroke of 0 mm 11.9 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8
ø20
MSD/ At full stroke
MSDG 31 38 31.5 38 38 38 38 38
operation

FC* At stroke of 0 mm 12.1 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5
ø25
STK At full stroke operation 30.4 40.2 33.1 40.2 40.2 40.2 40.2 40.2

SRL3 At stroke of 0 mm 24.5 24.3 24.5 24.3 24.3 24.3 24.3 24.3
ø32
SRG3 At full stroke operation 52.9 54.9 54.9 54.9 54.9 54.9 54.9 54.9

SRM3 At stroke of 0 mm 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4
ø40
SRT3 At full stroke operation 78.4 100 82.3 100 100 100 100 100

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

104
CMK2-S Series
Single acting/push
Dimensions SCP*3
Basic (00)
CMK2
X + stroke
A WF LL + stroke V
CMA2
HA C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16 K
P1 øMM 8 RD Rc1/8 HD 8
P
SCM
T

SCG
(Pθ)

øF
SCA2
KK
8

MB
10 10 SCS2
Width across flats B

øD
MB
2 widths across flats U
CKV2

X+ + stroke X + stroke CAV2/


A WF + COVP/N2
16
b
8 SSD2

SSG
ød

SSD

CAT
[With bellows] [Boss cutoff]

MDC2

*1 : Dimensions of other mountings are the same as those of the standard. Refer to pages 92 to 97. MVC
RD: ‌Rod side max. sensitivity position *2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches.
HD: ‌Head side max. sensitivity position *3 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.
SMG
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions
LL MSD/
Bore size (mm) A B C D F HA K KK 25 or Over 25 Over 50 Over 100 Over 150 Over 200 Over 250 MB MM T MSDG
less to 50 to 100 to 150 to 200 to 250 to 300
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 26 12 M 8x1.0 91 93 120 147 174 201 228 M18x1.5 10 5
FC*
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 35 14 M10x1.25 94 99 129 159 189 219 249 M26x1.5 12 6
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 35 14 M10x1.25 94 99 129 159 189 219 249 M26x1.5 12 6 STK
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 35 14 M12x1.5 98 103 133 163 193 223 253 M26x1.5 14 7
With switch SRL3
Code
RD
X T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
U V WF T0, T5, T2, T3 SRG3
Bore size (mm) 25 or Over 25 Over 50 Over 100 Over 150 Over 200 Over 250
GC GD HD GC GD HD 25 or Over 25 Over 50
less to 50 to 100 to 150 to 200 to 250 to 300 less to 50 to 75

ø20 24 14 24 149 151 178 205 232 259 256 4 3 7 6 5 9 33 35 62 SRM3


ø25 30 16 23 156 161 191 221 251 281 311 5.5 4.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 10.5 34.5 39.5 69.5
ø32 34 16 23 156 161 191 221 251 281 311 5.5 4.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 10.5 34.5 39.5 69.5 SRT3
ø40 43 16 23 162 167 197 227 257 287 317 7.5 6.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 12.5 36.5 41.5 71.5
Code With switch With bellows MRL2
RD
Bore size (mm) T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W P P1 (Pθ)° b d MRG2
Over 75 Over 100 Over 150 Over 200 Over 250 25 or Over 25 Over 50 Over 75 Over 100 Over 150 Over 200 Over 250
to 100 to 150 to 200 to 250 to 300 less to 50 to 75 to 100 to 150 to 200 to 250 to 300
ø20 62 89 116 143 170 35 37 64 64 91 118 145 172 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 SM‑25
ø25 69.5 99.5 129.5 159.5 189.5 36.5 41.5 71.5 71.5 101.5 131.5 161.5 191.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46
ø32 69.5 99.5 129.5 159.5 189.5 36.5 41.5 71.5 71.5 101.5 131.5 161.5 191.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 ShkAbs
ø40 71.5 101.5 131.5 161.5 191.5 38.5 43.5 73.5 73.5 103.5 133.5 163.5 193.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46
Code With bellows Boss cutoff type FJ
X
Bore size (mm) 25 or Over 25 Over 50 Over 100 Over 150 Over 200 Over 250
less to 50 to 100 to 150 to 200 to 250 to 300 FK
ø20 (Stroke/3) + 6 135 137 164 191 218 245 242
ø25 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 140 145 175 205 235 265 295 Spd
ø32 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 140 145 175 205 235 265 295 Contr
ø40 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 146 151 181 211 241 271 301
Ending
* For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98.
105
Medium bore size cylinder
Single acting/pull

SCP*3
CMK2-SR Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
S
‌ ingle acting cylinder/
JIS symbol pull type

CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2-SR
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Single acting/pull
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.2 (≈29 psi, 2 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8
+2.0 +2.4
Stroke tolerance mm 0 (Up to 200), 0 (More than 200)
SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 500
Cushion Rubber cushion
SSG Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639
SSD Note: ‌Do not leave the single acting cylinder pressurized for long periods. If it is left pressurized, the piston
rod may not be returned by the spring force when the pressure is released.
CAT
Stroke
MDC2
Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
Standard stroke
Bore size (mm) Without With Without bellows
MVC (mm) Bellows “J”
bellows bellows Bellows “L”
ø20
SMG 25/50/75/100/150
ø25
300 300 5 25
MSD/ ø32 25/50/75/100/
MSDG ø40 150/200
*1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
FC* *2: One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.
*3: Contact CKD when stroke shorter than 25 mm is necessary for “J” bellows.
STK

SRL3 Min. stroke with switch (Unit: mm)

Switch quantity 1 2 3
SRG3 Proximity Reed Proximity Reed Proximity Reed
Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8
SRM3 ø20 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRT3 ø32 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
MRL2 *1: Up to 3 switches can be mounted.

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

106
CMK2-SR Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed CMK2
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable
Applications relay, compact solenoid valve relay, IC circuit (without indicator
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay lamp), serial connection controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA SCA2
LED LED (Lit Red/green Red/green LED (Lit Yellow Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when when LED (Lit LED (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON)
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC,
CKV2
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 COVP/N2
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD

CAT

Cylinder weight (Unit: kg) MDC2

Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch Switch rail + Additional
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Eye bracket Clevis Clevis Trunnion weight weight per MVC
band weight
Bore size (mm) (00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (CA) (CC) bracket (CB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc.) S = 10 mm
ø20 0.17 0.32 0.25 0.23 0.32 0.18 0.32 0.22 0.005 0.01 SMG
Refer to the weight
ø25 0.26 0.52 0.39 0.41 0.50 0.26 0.50 0.36 0.005 0.01 MSD/
in the switch
ø32 0.30 0.56 0.43 0.45 0.54 0.30 0.54 0.40 0.009 0.02 MSDG
specifications.
ø40 0.48 0.74 0.61 0.63 0.72 0.50 0.72 0.64 0.009 0.02
FC*

Item/mounting Stroke (S) additional weight STK


Over 25 Over 50 Over 75 Over 100 Over 150 Over 200 Over 250
Bore size (mm) 25 or less
to 50 to 75 to 100 to 150 to 200 to 250 to 300 SRL3
ø20 0.03 0.03 0.06 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.15 0.18
ø25 0.03 0.04 0.07 0.07 0.11 0.14 0.18 0.21 SRG3
ø32 0.08 0.09 0.18 0.17 0.25 0.34 0.42 0.51
ø40 0.10 0.13 0.25 0.25 0.37 0.49 0.62 0.74 SRM3
(Example) ‌Product weight of CMK2-SR-FA-32-50-T0H-D Product weight when S = 0 mm ... 0.45 kg
Product stroke (50) SRT3
Additional weight when S = 50mm ............Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02x =0.10 kg
10
Additional weight per S ................ 0.09 kg
Weight of 2 switches .................... 0.036 kg MRL2
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands .... 0.018 kg
Product weight ............................. 0.45 kg+0.09 kg+0.10 kg+0.036 kg+0.018 kg=0.694 kg MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N)
Bore size Working pressure MPa FJ
(mm) 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
2 2 2 2 2
ø20 9 33 56 80 1.03x10 1.27x10 1.50x10 1.74x10 1.98x10 FK
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ø25 35 73 1.11x10 1.49x10 1.87x10 2.24x10 2.62x10 3.00x10 3.38x10
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Spd
ø32 83 1.52x10 2.21x10 2.91x10 3.60x10 4.29x10 4.98x10 5.67x10 6.36x10 Contr
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
ø40 1.21x10 2.31x10 3.41x10 4.51x10 5.62x10 6.72x10 7.82x10 8.92x10 1.00x10
Note: The load above indicates thrust excluding the spring force at the pull end. Ending

107
CMK2-SR Series
SCP*3
How to order Code Description
No switch (built-in magnet for switch)
A Mounting
00 Basic
CMK2 CMK2-SR 00 20 25 I LB Axial foot (Both sides)
With switch (built-in magnet for switch) LS Axial foot (One side)
CMA2 FA Rod side flange
CMK2-SR 00 20 25 T0H R M I FB Head side flange
SCM CA Eye bracket
CC Eye bracket integrated
SCG A Mounting CC1 Eye bracket, bush pressfit type
*1 CB Clevis bracket (pin and split washer pin included)
TA Rod side trunnion
SCA2 TB Head side trunnion
B Bore size (mm)
SCS2 B Bore size 20 ø20 *9
25 ø25 *9
CKV2 32 ø32
40 ø40
CAV2/
COVP/N2 C Port thread
C Port thread Blank Rc thread
SSD2 NN NPT thread (made-to-order product)
GN G thread (made-to-order product)
SSG D Stroke (mm)
D Stroke Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
SSD ø20 5 to 300
ø25 5 to 300 In 1 mm
CAT ø32 5 to 300 increments
ø40 5 to 300
MDC2 E Switch model No.

Reed Contact
E Switch model No. Axial Radial Voltage Lead
Indicator
lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
MVC Precautions for model No. selection T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
*1 : One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm. T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
SMG *2 : For the min. stroke with switch and the max. and T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
min. strokes with bellows, refer to page 106. T1H* T1V*
MSD/ *3 : The compatible tube O.D. of F (with push-in fitting 2-wire
(straight)) and FE (with push-in fitting (elbow)) is ø6.
T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
MSDG
*4 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the temperature T3H* T3V* 3-wire
FC* when sparks and cutting chips, etc., instantaneously T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED 3-wire
Prox.

contact the bellows. T2WH* T2WV*


*5 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV*
STK *6 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom 2-color LED
T3WH* T3WV*
specifications of rod end form. 3-wire
T3YH* T3YV*
SRL3 *7 : Refer to page 84 for combination of variations/ T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
options.
*8 : Up to three switches can be installed. If four or more * Lead wire length
SRG3 switches are required, switch mounting brackets for the Blank 1 m (standard)
extra switches must be prepared separately.
3 3 m (option)
*9 : For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel as
SRM3 standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If a stainless 5 5 m (option)
steel rod nut is necessary, select the “M” option code. F Switch quantity
SRT3 F Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
*8 H 1 on head side
MRL2 D 2
[Example of model No.] T 3
MRG2 CMK2-SR-00-20-100-T0H-R-MI G Option
G Option Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
Model: Medium bore size cylinder, single acting/pull *3
SM‑25 J Bellows 100°C 200°C
A Mounting : Basic *4 L Bellows 250°C 400°C
B Bore size : ø20 mm F With push-in fitting (straight)
ShkAbs C Port thread : Rc thread FE With push-in fitting (elbow)
D Stroke : 100 mm M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *9
FJ E Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1m V Boss cutoff
F Switch quantity : 1 on rod side P6 Copper and PTFE free
FK G Option : Piston rod material (stainless steel) H Accessory
H Accessory : Rod eye H Accessory
I Rod eye
Spd *5
Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
Contr
B2 Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)
Ending

108
CMK2-SR Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set Switch body only Mounting bracket set

CMK2 T0H 20 SW T0H CMK2 T 20 CMK2

Bore size Bore size CMA2


(Item B on page 108) Switch model No. (Item B on page 108)
Switch model No. (Item E on page 108)
Mounting bracket SCM
(Item E on page 108)
SCG
How to order mounting bracket SCA2
Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Mounting bracket SCS2
Basic (00) *3 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30
Axial foot (LB/LS) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 CKV2
Flange (FA/FB) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30
Trunnion (TA/TB) M1-TA-20 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-40 CAV2/
COVP/N2
Eye bracket (CA) M1-CA-20 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30
Clevis bracket (CB) M1-CB-20 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 SSD2
*1: ‌Regarding mounting brackets, mounting nuts and toothed washers are supplied with the axial foot and flange. The trunnion includes mounting nuts.
*2: For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of “M1-LB-*” in the table above are required.
*3: Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.
SSG

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

109
CMK2-SR Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list
CMK2-SR
CMK2

CMA2
1 2 3 4 5 6
SCM

SCG

SCA2

SCS2

CKV2
Cannot be disassembled
CAV2/
COVP/N2
Note: This product is caulked and cannot be disassembled.
SSD2 No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
1 Spring holder Special aluminum 5 Plug Steel Zinc chromate
SSG 2 Spring Piano wire Paint 6 Stainless steel wire mesh Stainless steel
3 Spring holder Special aluminum
SSD 4 Spring holder Special aluminum

CAT

MDC2
Spring load (Unit: N)
MVC Bore size Stroke
(mm) 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 300
(mm)
SMG At stroke of 0 mm 11.9 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8 11.8
ø20
MSD/ At full stroke
31 38 31.5 38 38 38 38 38
MSDG operation

At stroke of 0 mm 12.1 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5


FC*
ø25
At full stroke
30.4 40.2 33.1 40.2 40.2 40.2 40.2 40.2
STK operation

At stroke of 0 mm 24.5 24.3 24.5 24.3 24.3 24.3 24.3 24.3


SRL3 ø32
At full stroke
52.9 54.9 54.9 54.9 54.9 54.9 54.9 54.9
operation
SRG3
At stroke of 0 mm 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.4
ø40
SRM3 At full stroke
78.4 100 82.3 100 100 100 100 100
operation
SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

110
CMK2-SR Series
Single acting/pull
Dimensions SCP*3
Basic (00)
CMK2
Y + stroke LL + stroke V
V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16
CMA2
HA A K
P1 C K 8 RD Rc1/8 HD 8
P SCM
T 10

øMM
SCG
(Pθ)

øF
SCA2
8

KK
MB
Width across flats B 10 10
SCS2

øD
MB

2 widths across flats U


CKV2

Y+ + stroke LL + stroke CAV2/


COVP/N2
A 16
b SSD2
8

SSG
ød

SSD

CAT
[With bellows] [Boss cutoff]
MDC2

*1 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED MVC
RD: R
‌ od side max. sensitivity position switches.
HD: H ‌ ead side max. sensitivity position *2 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.
SMG
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions
LL MSD/
Bore size (mm) A B C D F HA K KK 25 or Over 25 Over 50 Over 100 Over 150 Over 200 Over 250 MB MM T MSDG
less to 50 to 100 to 150 to 200 to 250 to 300
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 26 12 M 8x1.0 91 93 120 147 174 201 228 M18x1.5 10 5
FC*
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 35 14 M10x1.25 94 99 129 159 189 219 249 M26x1.5 12 6
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 35 14 M10x1.25 94 99 129 159 189 219 249 M26x1.5 12 6 STK
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 35 14 M12x1.5 98 103 133 163 193 223 253 M26x1.5 14 7
With switch SRL3
Code
HD
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
U V Y T0, T5, T2, T3 SRG3
Bore size (mm) Over 25 Over 50 Over 75 Over 100 Over 150 Over 200 Over 250
GC GD RD GC GD RD 25 or less
to 50 to 75 to 100 to 150 to 200 to 250 to 300
ø20 24 14 44 4 3 8 6 5 10 32 34 61 61 88 115 142 169 SRM3
ø25 30 16 46 5.5 4.5 9.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 33.5 38.5 68.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 158.5 188.5
ø32 34 16 46 5.5 4.5 9.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 33.5 38.5 68.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 158.5 188.5 SRT3
ø40 43 16 48 7.5 6.5 11.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 35.5 40.5 70.5 70.5 100.5 130.5 160.5 190.5

Code With switch With bellows MRL2


HD
Bore size (mm) T2W, T3W P P1 (Pθ)° b d MRG2
25 or Over 25 Over 50 Over 75 Over 100 Over 150 Over 200 Over 250
less to 50 to 75 to 100 to 150 to 200 to 250 to 300
ø20 34 36 63 63 90 117 144 171 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6
SM‑25
ø25 35.5 40.5 70.5 70.5 100.5 130.5 160.5 190.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ø32 35.5 40.5 70.5 70.5 100.5 130.5 160.5 190.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ShkAbs
ø40 37.5 42.5 72.5 72.5 102.5 132.5 162.5 192.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
FJ

FK
* ‌Dimensions of other mountings are the same as those of the standard. Refer to pages 92 to 97.
Spd
* For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98. Contr

Ending

111
Medium bore size cylinder
double acting/stroke adjustable (push)

SCP*3
CMK2-P Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
JIS symbol D
‌ ouble acting/stroke adjustable

CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2-P
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/stroke adjustable (push)
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.15 (≈22 psi, 1.5 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
CAV2/ Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8
(Up to 200), 0 (More than 200)
+2.0 +2.4
Stroke tolerance mm 0
SSD2
Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 500
Cushion Rubber cushion
SSG
Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
Adjustable stroke range mm Max. 50
SSD
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639
CAT
Stroke
MDC2
Standard stroke Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
Bore size (mm)
(mm) Without bellows With bellows Without bellows With bellows
MVC
ø20
ø25 25/50/75/100/150/ 430
SMG 350 25 25
ø32 200/250/300
MSD/ ø40 400
MSDG *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
*2: One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.
FC* *3: Contact CKD when stroke is shorter than 25 mm.

STK
Min. stroke with switch (Unit: mm)
SRL3 1 2 3
Switch quantity
Proximity Reed Proximity Reed Proximity Reed
SRG3 Bore size (mm)
T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8
ø20 25 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRM3
ø25 25 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø32 25 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRT3
ø40 25 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
*1: Up to 3 switches can be mounted.
MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

112
CMK2-P Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed CMK2
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable
Applications relay, compact solenoid valve relay, IC circuit (without indicator
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay lamp), serial connection controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC
SCA2
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA
LED LED (Lit Red/green Red/green LED (Lit Yellow Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when when LED (Lit LED (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON)
CKV2
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC,
1mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 COVP/N2
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142
*1: R
 efer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD

CAT

MDC2

Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)


MVC
Item/mounting Adjustable Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch Switch rail Additional
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Trunnion weight + band weight SMG
Bore size stroke
(mm) (00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc.) weight per S = 10 mm
25 0.23 0.38 0.31 0.29 0.28 MSD/
ø20 0.005 0.01 MSDG
50 0.26 0.41 0.34 0.32 0.31
25 0.41 0.67 0.54 0.56 0.51 Refer to
ø25 0.005 0.01 FC*
50 0.49 0.75 0.62 0.64 0.59 the weight
25 0.45 0.71 0.58 0.60 0.55 in the switch STK
ø32 0.009 0.02
50 0.52 0.78 0.65 0.67 0.62 specifications.
25 0.63 0.89 0.76 0.78 0.79 SRL3
ø40 0.009 0.02
50 0.71 0.97 0.84 0.86 0.87

(Example) ‌Product weight of Product weight when S = 0 mm .... 0.60 kg SRG3


Product stroke (50)
CMK2-P-FA-32-50-25T0H-D Additional weight when S = 50mm ............. Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02x =0.10 kg
10 SRM3
Weight of 2 switches ..................... 0.036 kg
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands ..... 0.018 kg
Product weight .............................. 0.60 kg+0.1 kg+0.036 kg+0.018 kg=0.754 kg SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N)


SM‑25
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa
(mm) direction 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 ShkAbs
ø20 Push/Pull 35.3 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x102 1.41x102 1.65x102 1.88x102 2.12x102 2.36x102
ø25 Push/Pull 56.7 75.6 1.13x102 1.51x102 1.89x102 2.27x102 2.64x102 3.02x102 3.40x102 3.78x102 FJ
ø32 Push/Pull 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102
ø40 Push/Pull 1.65x102 2.21x102 3.31x102 4.41x102 5.51x102 6.62x102 7.72x102 8.82x102 9.92x102 1.10x103 FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

113
CMK2-P Series
SCP*3 How to order Code Description
A Mounting
No switch (built-in magnet for switch) 00 Basic
CMK2
CMK2-P 00 20 100 25 F I LB Axial foot (Both sides)
LS Axial foot (One side)
CMA2 With switch (built-in magnet for switch) FA Rod side flange
CMK2-P 00 20 100 25 T0H D F I FB Head side flange
SCM TA Rod side trunnion
TB Head side trunnion
SCG B Bore size (mm)
A Mounting B Bore size 20 ø20 *9
*1
SCA2 25 ø25 *9
32 ø32
SCS2 40 ø40
C Port thread
C Port thread Blank Rc thread
CKV2
NN NPT thread (made-to-order product)
CAV2/ GN G thread (made-to-order product)
COVP/N2
D Stroke (mm)
D Stroke Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
SSD2
ø20 25 to 450
ø25 25 to 450 In 1 mm
SSG
ø32 25 to 430 increments
ø40 25 to 400
SSD
E Adjustable stroke range (mm)
E Adjustable stroke range 25 25
CAT
50 50

MDC2 F Switch model No.


F Switch model No.

Contact
Axial Radial Voltage Lead
Indicator
lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
MVC
T0H* T0V* 1-color LED

Reed
Precautions for model No. selection T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
SMG *1 : One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm. T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
*2 : For the min. stroke with switch and the max. T1H* T1V*
MSD/ and min. strokes with bellows, refer to page 2-wire
MSDG T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
112.
*3 : The compatible tube O.D. of F (with push-in fitting T3H* T3V* 3-wire
FC* (straight)) and FE (with push-in fitting (elbow)) is ø6. T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED 3-wire
Prox.

*4 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the T2WH* T2WV*


temperature when sparks and cutting chips, etc., 2-wire
STK T2YH* T2YV*
instantaneously contact the bellows. 2-color LED
*5 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. T3WH* T3WV*
3-wire
SRL3 *6 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom T3YH* T3YV*
specifications of rod end form. T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
*7 : Refer to page 84 for combination of * Lead wire length
SRG3 variations/options. Blank 1 m (standard)
*8 : Up to three switches can be installed. If four or
more switches are required, switch mounting 3 3 m (option)
SRM3 brackets for the extra switches must be prepared 5 5 m (option)
separately.
*9 : For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel as
G Switch quantity
SRT3 G Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If a
*8
stainless steel rod nut is necessary, select the “M” H 1 on head side
MRL2 option code. D 2
T 3
MRG2 H Option
H Option Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
[Example of model No.] *3, *4
SM‑25 J Bellows 100°C 200°C
CMK2-P-LB-20-100-25-T0H-D-FI L Bellows 250°C 400°C
ShkAbs Model: ‌Medium bore size cylinder, double acting/stroke F With push-in fitting (straight)
adjustable (push) FE With push-in fitting (elbow)
FJ A Mounting : Axial foot (Both sides) M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *9
B Bore size : ø20 mm P6 Copper and PTFE free
C Port thread : Rc thread
FK I Accessory
D Stroke :100 mm I Accessory
I Rod eye
Spd E Adjustable stroke : 25 mm *5
Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
Contr F Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1m
B2 Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)
G Switch quantity :2
Ending H Option : With push-in fitting (straight)
I Accessory : Rod eye
114
CMK2-P Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set Switch body only Mounting bracket set

CMK2 T0H 20 SW T0H CMK2 T 20 CMK2

Bore size (Item B on Bore size (Item B on


page 114)
CMA2
Switch model No. Switch model No. page 114)
(Item F on page 114) (Item F on page 114) Mounting bracket
SCM

SCG
How to order mounting bracket SCA2
Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Mounting bracket SCS2
Basic (00) *3 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30
Axial foot (LB/LS) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 CKV2
Flange (FA/FB) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30
Trunnion (TA/TB) M1-TA-20 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-40 CAV2/
COVP/N2
*1: ‌Regarding mounting brackets, mounting nuts and toothed washers are supplied with the axial foot and flange. The trunnion includes mounting nuts.
*2: For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of “M1-LB-*” in the table above are required.
*3: Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.
SSD2

SSG

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

115
CMK2-P Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list

CMK2

CMA2

1 2 3
SCM

SCG

SCA2

SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Cannot be disassembled
SSD2 Note: This product is caulked and cannot be disassembled.
No. Part name Material Remarks
SSG
1 Piston rod B ø20, ø25: Stainless steel ø32, ø40: Carbon steel Industrial chrome plating
2 Adjustable stopper Steel Zinc chromate
SSD
3 Lock nut Steel Zinc chromate

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

116
CMK2-P Series
Double acting/stroke adjustable (push)
Dimensions SCP*3
Basic (00)
CMK2

X + stroke PC + stroke + a* CMA2


A WF LL + stroke V Stroke PB+a* PD
HA C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16 K PG T SCM
P1 øMM 8 RD 2-Rc1/8 HD 8
P
T SCG

øF

øMM
(Pθ)

SCA2

øPE

PF
SCS2
8

KK
MB KK
Width across flats B

øD
10 10 MB CKV2
2 widths across flats U
CAV2/
COVP/N2

X+ + stroke SSD2
A WF +
b SSG

SSD
ød

CAT

MDC2
[With bellows]

MVC
*1 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches.
RD: ‌Rod side max. sensitivity position *2 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.
HD: ‌Head side max. sensitivity position SMG
* a: Adjustable stroke.
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions MSD/
Bore size (mm) A B C D F HA K KK LL MB MM T U V WF X MSDG
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 26 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 24 14 24 124
FC*
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 30 16 23 131
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 34 16 23 131
STK
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 35 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 43 16 23 137
Code With switch
SRL3
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
PB PC PD PE PF PG P P1 (Pθ)°
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD SRG3
ø20 21 29 8 16 14 7 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22
ø25 22 31 9 24 22 10 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18
SRM3
ø32 22 31 9 24 22 10 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15
ø40 22 32 10 24 22 10 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 SRT3
Code With bellows
Bore size (mm) b d MRL2
ø20 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6
ø25 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 MRG2
ø32 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ø40 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 SM‑25

* ‌Dimensions of other mountings are the same as those of the standard. Refer to pages 92 to 97. ShkAbs
* For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98. FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

117
Medium bore size cylinder
Double acting/stroke adjustable (pull)

SCP*3
CMK2-R Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
Double acting/stroke adjustable
JIS symbol
CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2-R
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/stroke adjustable (pull)
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8
0 (Up to 200), 0 (More than 200)
+2.0 +2.4
Stroke tolerance mm
SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 500
Cushion Rubber cushion
SSG Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil class 1 ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
Adjustable stroke range mm Max. 50
SSD Allowable absorbed energy J 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639

CAT
Stroke
MDC2
Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
Bore size (mm) Standard stroke (mm)
MVC Without bellows With bellows Without bellows With bellows
ø20
ø25 25/50/75/100/150/
SMG 750 650 25 25
ø32 200/250/300
MSD/ ø40
MSDG *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
*2: One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.
FC* *3: Contact CKD when stroke is shorter than 25 mm.

STK
Min. stroke with switch (Unit: mm)
SRL3 1 2 3
Switch quantity
Proximity Reed Proximity Reed Proximity Reed
SRG3 Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8
ø20 25 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRM3 ø25 25 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø32 25 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRT3 ø40 25 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
*1: Up to 3 switches can be mounted.
MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

118
CMK2-R Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed CMK2
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, relay For programmable
Applications relay, compact solenoid valve
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay IC circuit (no indicator), serial connection controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA SCA2
LED LED Red/green Red/green LED Yellow Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON)
CKV2
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC,
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 COVP/N2
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD

CAT

MDC2
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)
Item/mounting Adjustable Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch Switch rail + Additional weight MVC
Bore size Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Trunnion weight
stroke band weight per S = 10 mm
(mm) (00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc.) SMG
25 0.20 0.35 0.28 0.26 0.25
ø20 0.005 0.01
50 0.20 0.35 0.28 0.26 0.25 MSD/
25 0.35 0.61 0.48 0.50 0.45 Refer to the MSDG
ø25 0.005 0.01
50 0.37 0.63 0.50 0.52 0.47 weight in the FC*
25 0.39 0.65 0.52 0.54 0.49 switch
ø32 0.009 0.02
50 0.41 0.67 0.54 0.56 0.51 specifications. STK
25 0.58 0.84 0.71 0.73 0.74
ø40 0.009 0.02
50 0.60 0.86 0.73 0.75 0.76 SRL3
(Example) P
‌ roduct weight of Product weight when S = 0 mm ........0.54 kg
Product stroke (50) SRG3
CMK2-R-FA-32-50-25T0H-D Additional weight when S = 50mm ....Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02x =0.10 kg
10
Weight of 2 switches .........................0.036 kg
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands .........0.018 kg SRM3
Product weight ..................................0.54 kg+0.1 kg+0.036 kg+0.018 kg=0.694 kg
SRT3

MRL2
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N)
MRG2
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 SM‑25
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102
ø20
Pull 23.6 35.3 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x102 1.41x102 1.65x102 1.88x102 2.12x102 2.36x102 ShkAbs
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x10 2
1.96x10 2
2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102
ø25
Pull 37.8 56.7 75.6 1.13x102 1.51x102 1.89x102 2.27x102 2.64x102 3.02x102 3.40x102 3.78x102 FJ
Push 80.4 1.21x10 2
1.61x10 2
2.41x10 2
3.22x10 2
4.02x10 2
4.83x10 2
5.63x10 2
6.43x10 2
7.24x10 2
8.04x10 2
ø32
Pull 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102 FK
Push 1.26x10 2
1.88x10 2
2.51x10 2
3.77x10 2
5.03x10 2
6.28x10 2
7.54x10 2
8.80x10 2
1.01x10 3
1.13x10 3
1.26x10 3
Spd
ø40
Pull 1.10x102 1.65x102 2.21x102 3.31x102 4.41x102 5.51x102 6.62x102 7.72x102 8.82x102 9.92x102 1.10x103 Contr

Ending

119
CMK2-R Series
SCP*3
How to order Code Description
A Mounting
No switch (built-in magnet for switch)
00 Basic
CMK2 CMK2-R 00 20 100 25 L I LB Axial foot (Both sides)
With switch (built-in magnet for switch) LS Axial foot (One side)
CMA2 FA Rod side flange
CMK2-R 00 20 100 25 T0H D L I FB Head side flange
SCM TA Rod side trunnion
TB Head side trunnion
SCG A Mounting B Bore size (mm)
*1 B Bore size
20 ø20 *10
SCA2 25 ø25 *10
32 ø32
SCS2 40 ø40
C Port thread
C Port thread
CKV2 Blank Rc thread
NN NPT thread (made-to-order product)
CAV2/ GN G thread (made-to-order product)
COVP/N2
D Stroke (mm)
D Stroke
SSD2 Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
ø20 25 to 750
SSG ø25 25 to 750 In 1 mm
ø32 25 to 750 increments
SSD ø40 25 to 750
E Adjustable stroke range (mm)
E Adjustable stroke range 25 25
CAT
Precautions for model No. selection 50 50
MDC2 *1 : One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 F Switch model No.
mm. F Switch model No.

Reed Contact
Axial Voltage Lead
*2 : For the min. stroke with switch and the Indicator
MVC lead wire AC DC wire
max. and min. strokes with bellows, refer
to page 118. T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
*3 : The max. ambient temperature of bellows of T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
SMG
ø25 to ø40 is 100°C (code: J). T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
*4 : The compatible tube O.D. of F (with push-in
MSD/ T1H* T1V* 2-wire
fitting (straight)) and FE (with push-in fitting
MSDG (elbow)) is ø6. T2H* T2V* 1-color LED 3-wire
*5 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the T3H* T3V* 2-wire
FC*
Proximity

temperature when sparks and cutting chips, T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED 3-wire
etc., instantaneously contact the bellows. T2WH* T2WV*
STK *6 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV*
*7 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom 2-color LED
specifications of rod end form. T3WH* T3WV*
3-wire
SRL3 *8 : Refer to page 84 for combination of T3YH* T3YV*
variations/options. T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
*9 : Up to three switches can be installed. If four or
SRG3 * Lead wire length
more switches are required, switch mounting
brackets for the extra switches must be Blank 1 m (standard)
SRM3 prepared separately. 3 3 m (option)
*10 : For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel 5 5 m (option)
as standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If
SRT3 a stainless steel rod nut is necessary, select the
G Switch quantity
G Switch
“M” option code. R 1 on rod side
quantity *9
MRL2 H 1 on head side
D 2
T 3
MRG2
[Example of model No.] H Option
H Option
SM‑25 CMK2-R-00-20-100-25-T0H-D-MI Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
*3, *4, *5
J Bellows 100°C 200°C
Model: Medium bore size cylinder, double acting/stroke adjustable L Bellows 250°C 400°C
ShkAbs (pull)
F With push-in fitting (straight)
A Mounting : Basic FE With push-in fitting (elbow)
FJ B Bore size : ø20 mm M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *10
C Port thread : Rc thread P6 Copper and PTFE free
FK D Stroke : 100 mm
Adjustable stroke : 25 mm
I Accessory
E I Accessory
Spd Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m I Rod eye
F *6
Contr G Switch quantity :2 Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
H Option : Piston rod material (stainless steel) B2 Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)
Ending I Accessory : Rod eye

120
CMK2-R Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set Switch body only Mounting bracket set

CMK2 T0H 20 SW T0H CMK2 T 20 CMK2

Bore size (Item B on page 120) Bore size (Item B on page 120) CMA2
Switch model No. (Item F on page 120) Switch model No. Mounting bracket
(Item F on page 120) SCM

SCG

How to order mounting bracket SCA2


Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Mounting bracket SCS2
Basic (00) *3 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30
Axial foot (LB/LS) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 CKV2
Flange (FA/FB) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30
CAV2/
Trunnion (TA/TB) M1-TA-20 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-40
COVP/N2
*1: ‌Regarding mounting brackets, mounting nuts and toothed washers are supplied with the axial foot and flange. The trunnion includes mounting nuts.
*2: For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of “M1-LB-*” in the table above are required. SSD2
*3: Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.

SSG

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

121
CMK2-R Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list

CMK2

1 2 3
CMA2

SCM

SCG

SCA2

SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/ Cannot be disassembled
COVP/N2

SSD2 Note: ‌This product is caulked and cannot be disassembled.


No. Part name Material Remarks
SSG 1 Seal washer Nitrile rubber, steel
2 Lock nut Steel Zinc chromate
SSD 3 Adjusting bolt Steel Zinc chromate

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

122
CMK2-R Series
Double acting/stroke adjustable (pull)
Dimensions SCP*3
Basic (00)
CMK2
X + stroke RC+a*
CMA2
A WF LL + stroke V RB RG
HA C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16 K
SCM
P1 øMM 8 RD 2-Rc1/8 HD 8
P
T
SCG
(Pθ)

SCA2

RF
øF
8

KK
MB
RE SCS2
Width across flats B

øD
10 10 MB
XF CKV2
2 widths across flats U
CAV2/
COVP/N2

X+ + stroke SSD2
A WF +
b SSG

SSD
ød

CAT

MDC2

RD: Rod side max. sensitivity position MVC


HD: Head side max. sensitivity position *1: For the dimension, round up below the decimal point. * a: Adjustable stroke

Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions SMG


Bore size (mm) A B C D F HA K KK LL MB MM T U V WF X XF MSD/
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 26 12 M8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 24 14 24 124 44 MSDG
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 30 16 23 131 46
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 34 16 23 131 46 FC*
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 35 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 43 16 23 137 48
With switch With bellows STK
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
RB RC RE RF RG P P1 (Pθ)° b d SRL3
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 6.3 11 M 8x1.0 5.5 3 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30
ø25 9 17.5 M12x1.5 8 5 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 SRG3
ø32 9 17.5 M12x1.5 8 5 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46
ø40 9 16 M12x1.5 8 5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 SRM3
Code
Bore size (mm) SRT3
ø20 (Stroke/3) + 6
ø25 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
MRL2
ø32 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ø40 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
MRG2

SM‑25

* ‌Dimensions of other mountings are the same as those of the standard. Refer to pages 92 to 97. ShkAbs
* For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98.
FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

123
Medium bore size cylinder
Double acting/heat resistant

SCP*3
CMK2-T Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
Double acting cylinder single rod
JIS symbol
CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2-T
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/heat resistant
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
Ambient temperature °C 5 (41°F) to 120 (248°F)
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8
0 (Up to 200), 0 (More than 200)
+2.0 +2.4
Stroke tolerance mm
SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 500
Cushion Rubber cushion
SSG Lubrication Not available
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639
SSD

CAT Stroke
Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
MDC2 Standard stroke
Bore size (mm) Without Without bellows
(mm) With bellows Bellows “J”
bellows Bellows “L”
MVC ø20
25/50/75/100/
ø25 Not
SMG 150/200/250/ 750 650 5
ø32 supported
300
MSD/ ø40
MSDG *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
*2: One side foot side (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.
FC*

STK Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)

Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Additional


SRL3 Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Eye bracket Clevis Clevis Trunnion weight per
Bore size (mm) (00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (CA) (CC) bracket (CB) (TA/TB) S = 10mm
SRG3 ø20 0.17 0.32 0.25 0.23 0.32 0.18 0.32 0.22 0.01
ø25 0.26 0.52 0.39 0.41 0.50 0.26 0.50 0.36 0.01
SRM3 ø32 0.29 0.55 0.42 0.44 0.53 0.29 0.53 0.39 0.02
ø40 0.47 0.73 0.60 0.62 0.71 0.49 0.71 0.63 0.02
SRT3 (Example) ‌Product weight of CMK2-T-FA-32-50 Product weight when S = 0 mm ........0.44 kg
Product stroke (50)
Additional weight when S = 50mm ....Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02x =0.10 kg
MRL2 10
Product weight ..................................0.44 kg+0.1 kg=0.54 kg

MRG2

SM‑25 Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N)


Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa
ShkAbs (mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102
ø20
FJ Pull 23.6 35.3 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x102 1.41x102 1.65x102 1.88x102 2.12x102 2.36x102
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x10 2
1.96x10 2
2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102
FK ø25
Pull 37.8 56.7 75.6 1.13x10 2
1.51x10 2
1.89x102 2.27x102 2.64x102 3.02x102 3.40x102 3.78x102
Spd Push 80.4 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102
ø32
Contr Pull 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102
Push 1.26x10 2
1.88x102 2.51x102 3.77x102 5.03x102 6.28x102 7.54x102 8.80x102 1.01x103 1.13x103 1.26x103
Ending ø40
Pull 1.10x10 2
1.65x102 2.21x102 3.31x102 4.41x102 5.51x102 6.62x102 7.72x102 8.82x102 9.92x102 1.10x103

124
CMK2-T Series
How to order
How to order SCP*3

CMK2
CMK2-T 00 20 100 V I
CMA2
A Mounting Code Description
*1
A Mounting SCM
00 Basic
LB Axial foot (Both sides) SCG
LS Axial foot (One side)
FA Rod side flange SCA2
FB Head side flange
CA Eye bracket
SCS2
CC Eye bracket integrated
CC1 Eye bracket, bush pressfit
CKV2
CB Clevis bracket (pin and split washer pin included)
TA Rod side trunnion CAV2/
TB Head side trunnion COVP/N2
B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size SSD2
20 ø20 *7
25 ø25 *7
32 ø32 SSG
40 ø40
SSD
C Port thread
C Port thread Blank Rc thread
NN NPT thread (made-to-order product) CAT
GN G thread (made-to-order product)
MDC2
D Stroke (mm)
D Stroke Bore size Stroke Custom stroke
ø20 5 to 750
MVC
ø25 5 to 750 In 1 mm
ø32 5 to 750 increments SMG
Precautions for model No. selection ø40 5 to 750
MSD/
*1 : ‌One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm. E Option MSDG
*2 : ‌Refer to page 124 for the max. and min. E Option
Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
strokes with bellows. *2, *3 FC*
L Bellows 250°C 400°C
*3 : ‌The instantaneous max. temperature is the
temperature when sparks and cutting chips, etc., M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *7
instantaneously contact the bellows. V Boss cutoff STK
*4 : ‌“I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. F Accessory
*5 : ‌Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom F Accessory SRL3
specifications of rod end form. I Rod eye
*4
*6 : ‌Refer to page 84 for combination of Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
variations/options. B2 Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included) SRG3
*7 : ‌For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel as
standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If a
stainless steel rod nut is necessary, select the “M” SRM3
option code.
SRT3

[Example of model No.] MRL2


CMK2-T-00-20-100-VI
MRG2
Model: Medium bore size cylinder, double acting/heat resistance
A Mounting : Basic
B Bore size : ø20 mm
SM‑25
C Port thread : Rc thread
D Stroke : 100 mm ShkAbs
E Option : Boss cutoff
F Accessory : Rod eye FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

125
CMK2-T Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list

CMK2

CMA2

SCM

SCG

SCA2

1 2 3 4 15 16 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2

SSD2

SSG

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG Cannot be disassembled
FC*
Note: This product is caulked and cannot be disassembled.
STK No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
1 Rod nut Steel Zinc chromate 8 Piston A Aluminum alloy
SRL3 2 Piston rod ø20, ø25: Stainless steel 9 Piston packing Fluoro rubber
Industrial chrome plating
ø32, ø40: Carbon steel 10 Wear ring Special resin
SRG3 3 Rod packing Fluoro rubber 11 Piston B Aluminum alloy
4 Bush ø20: Dry bearing 12 Head cover Aluminum alloy
SRM3 ø25, ø32, ø40: Copper-based 13 Hexagon nut Steel Zinc chromate
5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy 14 Spacer Steel Zinc chromate
SRT3 6 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 15 Nut Steel Zinc chromate
7 Cushion rubber Fluoro rubber 16 Toothed washer Steel Zinc chromate
MRL2

MRG2 Dimensions
SM‑25 Same as standard. Refer to pages 91 to 97.
ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

126
MEMO
SCP*3

CMK2

CMA2

SCM

SCG

SCA2

SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2

SSD2

SSG

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

127
Medium bore size cylinder
Double acting/rubber-air cushioned

SCP*3
CMK2-*C Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2 Port size: Rc 1/8
Double acting cylinder single rod
JIS symbol
CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2
Bore size ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting
Working fluid Compressed air
Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
SCS2 Min. working pressure MPa 0.2 (≈29 psi, 2 bar)
Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
CKV2 Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
Port size Rc1/8
CAV2/ Stroke tolerance mm 0 (Up to 200),
+2.0
0 (More than 200)
+2.4

COVP/N2 Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 500 (Operate within the absorbed energy.)
Cushion Rubber-air cushion
SSD2 Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil class 1 ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.089 0.137 0.179 0.278
SSG
Stroke
SSD Standard stroke Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
Bore size (mm) Without With Without bellows Bellows “J”
(mm) bellows bellows Bellows “L”
CAT
ø20 25/50/75/100/
ø25
MDC2 ø32
150/200/250/ 750 650 5 25

ø40 300
MVC *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
*2: One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.
SMG *3: Contact CKD when stroke shorter than 25 mm is necessary for “J” bellows.

MSD/ Min. stroke with switch (Unit: mm)


MSDG
Switch quantity 1 2 3
FC* Proximity Reed Proximity Reed Proximity Reed
Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8
STK ø20 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRL3 ø32 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRG3 *1: Up to 3 switches can be mounted. Data of the reduction of collision Standard rubber cushion
noise level (an example case) Rubber-air cushion
SRM3 Rubber-air cushion mechanism 80

70
Collision noise level (dB)

SRT3 Rubber-air cushion Cover

60
MRL2
50
MRG2
40
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
SM‑25 Kinetic energy (J)
Data of the reduction of collision Standard rubber cushion
ShkAbs acceleration level (an example case) Rubber-air cushion
100

FJ 80
Collision acceleration (G)

When pulled 60 When V = 400 mm/s


FK
An airtight space is created in the area when the piston operates 40
Spd and the rubber-air cushion and cover make contact. Air in the airtight
Contr area is further compressed, absorbing energy as the piston operates. 20 When V = 200mm/s

At the end of the stroke, energy generated by compression distortion 0


Ending of the air cushion is also added. 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Kinetic energy (J)

128
CMK2-*C Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed CMK2
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable
Applications relay, compact solenoid valve
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA SCA2
LED LED Red/green Red/green LED Yellow Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON)
CKV2
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC,
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 COVP/N2
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD

CAT

MDC2
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)

Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch Switch rail Additional MVC
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Eye bracket Clevis Clevis Trunnion weight + band weight per
Bore size (mm) (00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (CA) (CC) bracket (CB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc.) weight S = 10 mm SMG
ø20 0.17 0.32 0.25 0.23 0.32 0.18 0.32 0.22 0.005 0.01
Refer to the weight MSD/
ø25 0.26 0.52 0.39 0.41 0.50 0.26 0.50 0.36 0.005 0.01 MSDG
in the switch
ø32 0.30 0.56 0.43 0.45 0.54 0.30 0.54 0.40 0.009 0.02
specifications. FC*
ø40 0.48 0.74 0.61 0.63 0.72 0.50 0.72 0.64 0.009 0.02

(Example) ‌Product weight of CMK2-FA-32C-50-T0H-D Product weight when S = 0 mm ......... 0.45 kg


Product stroke (50) STK
Additional weight when S = 50mm ........ Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02x =0.10 kg
10
Weight of 2 switches .......................... 0.036 kg SRL3
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands .......... 0.018 kg
Product weight ................................... 0.45 kg+0.1 kg+0.036 kg+0.018 kg=0.604 kg SRG3

SRM3

SRT3
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N)
MRL2
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa
(mm) direction 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
MRG2
Push 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102
ø20
Pull 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x102 1.41x102 1.65x102 1.88x102 2.12x102 2.36x102
SM‑25
Push 98.2 1.47x10 2
1.96x10 2
2.45x10 2
2.95x10 2
3.44x10 2
3.93x10 2
4.42x10 2
4.91x102
ø25
Pull 75.6 1.13x102 1.51x102 1.89x102 2.27x102 2.64x102 3.02x102 3.40x102 3.78x102 ShkAbs
Push 1.61x10 2
2.41x10 2
3.22x10 2
4.02x10 2
4.83x10 2
5.63x10 2
6.43x10 2
7.24x10 2
8.04x102
ø32
Pull 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102 FJ
Push 2.51x102 3.77x102 5.03x102 6.28x102 7.54x102 8.80x102 1.01x103 1.13x103 1.26x103
ø40
Pull 2.21x102 3.31x102 4.41x102 5.51x102 6.62x102 7.72x102 8.82x102 9.92x102 1.10x103 FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

129
CMK2-*C Series
SCP*3
How to order Code Description
No switch (built-in magnet for switch) A Mounting
00 Basic
CMK2 CMK2 00 20 C 100 V Y LB Axial foot (Both sides)
LS Axial foot (One side)
CMA2 With switch (built-in magnet for switch) FA Rod side flange
FB Head side flange
SCM
CMK2 00 20 C 100 T0H R V Y CA Eye bracket
CC Eye bracket integrated
SCG CC1 Eye bracket, bush pressfit
CB Clevis bracket (pin and split washer pin included)
Model No. A Mounting Rubber-air TA Rod side trunnion
SCA2 *1 cushioned TB Head side trunnion

SCS2
B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size 20 ø20 *9
25 ø25 *9
CKV2 32 ø32
CAV2/ 40 ø40
COVP/N2 C Port thread
C Port thread Blank Rc thread
SSD2 N NPT thread (made-to-order product)
G G thread (made-to-order product)
SSG D Stroke (mm)
D Stroke Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
SSD ø20 5 to 750
ø25 5 to 750 In 1 mm
CAT ø32 5 to 750 increments
ø40 5 to 750
MDC2 E Switch model No.
E Switch model No.

Reed Contact
Axial Radial Voltage Lead
* ‌indicates the lead Indicator
MVC lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
wire length.
T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
SMG T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
Precautions for model No. selection T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
MSD/ *1 : One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm. T1H* T1V*
2-wire
MSDG *2 : For the min. stroke with switch and the max. and T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
min. strokes with bellows, refer to page 128. T3H* T3V*
FC* *3 : The compatible tube O.D. of F (with push-in fitting
3-wire
Proximity

T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED


(straight)) and FE (with push-in fitting (elbow)) is ø6. T2WH* T2WV*
*4 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the temperature 2-wire
STK T2YH* T2YV*
when sparks, cutting chips, etc., instantaneously contact 2-color LED
the bellows. T3WH* T3WV*
3-wire
SRL3 *5 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. T3YH* T3YV*
*6 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom specifications T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
of rod end form. * Lead wire length
SRG3 *7 : Refer to page 84 for combination of variations/
Blank 1 m (standard)
options.
*8 : Up to three switches can be installed. If four or more 3 3 m (option)
SRM3
switches are required, switch mounting brackets for the 5 5 m (option)
extra switches must be prepared separately.
SRT3 *9 : For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel as
F Switch quantity
F Switch R 1 on rod side
standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If a stainless
quantity
steel rod nut is necessary, select the “M” option code. H 1 on head side
MRL2 *8 D 2
T 3
MRG2
G Option
G Option Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
SM‑25 [Example of model No.] *3, *4
J Bellows 100°C 200°C
L Bellows 250°C 400°C
ShkAbs CMK2-00-20C-100-T0H-R-VY F With push-in fitting (straight)
Model: Medium bore size cylinder/rubber-air cushioned
FE With push-in fitting (elbow)
A Mounting : Basic
FJ M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *9
B Bore size : ø20 mm
V Boss cutoff
C Port thread : Rc thread
FK D Stroke : 100 mm H Accessory
H Accessory
E Switch model No. : Proximity switch T0H switch, lead wire 1 m I Rod eye
Spd *5
F Switch quantity : 1 on rod side Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
Contr Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)
G Option : Boss cutoff B2
H Accessory : Rod clevis
Ending

130
CMK2-*C Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set Switch body only Mounting bracket set

CMK2 T0H 20 SW T0H CMK2 T 20 CMK2

Bore size (Item B on page 130) Bore size (Item B on page 130) CMA2
Switch model No. (Item E on page 130) Switch model No. (Item E on page 130) Mounting bracket
SCM

SCG

How to order mounting bracket SCA2


Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Mounting bracket SCS2
Basic (00) *3 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30
Axial foot (LB/LS) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 CKV2
Flange (FA/FB) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30
Trunnion (TA/TB) M1-TA-20 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-40 CAV2/
COVP/N2
Eye bracket (CA) M1-CA-20 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30
Clevis bracket (CB) M1-CB-20 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 SSD2
*1: ‌Regarding mounting brackets, mounting nuts and toothed washers are supplied with the axial foot and flange. The trunnion includes mounting nuts.
*2: For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of “M1-LB-*” in the table above are required. SSG
*3: Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

131
CMK2-*C Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list

CMK2

CMA2

SCM

SCG
1 2 3 4 16 17 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
SCA2

SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2

SSD2

SSG

SSD

CAT Cannot be disassembled

MDC2 Note: This product is caulked and cannot be disassembled.


No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
MVC 1 Rod nut Steel Zinc chromate 11 Wear ring Polyacetal
2 Piston rod ø20/ø25: Stainless steel Industrial chrome 12 Piston B Aluminum alloy
SMG ø32/ø40: Carbon steel plating 13 Head cover Aluminum alloy

MSD/ 3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 14 Hexagon nut Steel Zinc chromate
MSDG 4 Bush ø20: Dry bearing 15 Spacer Steel Zinc chromate
ø25/ø32/ø40: Copper-based 16 Nut Steel Zinc chromate
FC* 5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy 17 Toothed washer Steel Zinc chromate
6 Cylinder tube Stainless steel
STK 7 Rubber-air cushion Special rubber
8 Piston A Aluminum alloy
SRL3 9 Piston packing Nitrile rubber
10 Magnet Plastic
SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

132
CMK2-*C Series
Double acting/rubber-air cushioned
Dimensions SCP*3
Basic (00)
CMK2

CMA2

X + stroke
SCM
A WF LL + stroke V

HA C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16 K SCG


P1 8 RD HD 8
P SCA2
T 2-Rc1/8

øMM
SCS2
(Pθ)

øF
CKV2
8

KK
MB
Width across flats B

øD
10 10 MB CAV2/
XF COVP/N2
2 widths across flats U
SSD2
X+ + stroke
A WF + SSG
b
SSD

CAT
ød

MDC2

[With bellows] MVC

SMG

RD: Rod side max. sensitivity position *1 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches. MSD/
HD: Head side max. sensitivity position *2 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point. MSDG
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions FC*
Bore size (mm) A B C D F HA K KK LL MB MM T U V WF X
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 26 12 M8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 24 14 24 124 STK
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 30 16 23 131
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 34 16 23 131 SRL3
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 35 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 43 16 23 137
With switch With bellows SRG3
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
XF P P1 (Pθ)° b d SRM3
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 44 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6
SRT3
ø25 46 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ø32 46 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
MRL2
ø40 48 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7

MRG2
* Refer to pages 92 to 97 for mountings other than the basic one (00). SM‑25
* For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98.
ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

133
CMK2-*C Series
SCP*3 Technical data
Standard rubber cushion
CMK2 [Comparison of collision noise level] Rubber-air cushion

ø20 ø25
CMA2
80 80
Collision noise level (dB(A))

Collision noise level (dB(A))


SCM
70 70

SCG
60 60
SCA2

50 50
SCS2

CKV2 40 40
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25
CAV2/ Kinetic energy (J) Kinetic energy (J)
COVP/N2
ø32 ø40
SSD2 80
80

Collision noise level (dB(A))


Collision noise level (dB(A))

SSG
70
70

SSD
60
60
CAT
50
50
MDC2

40
MVC 40
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
Kinetic energy (J) Kinetic energy (J)
SMG
MSD/
MSDG [Comparison of collision acceleration] Standard rubber cushion
Rubber-air cushion
FC*
ø20 ø25
100 100
STK
Collision acceleration (G)

Collision acceleration (G)

80 80
SRL3
When V = 400 mm/s
60 60
SRG3 When V = 400 mm/s
40 40
SRM3
When V = 200mm/s 20 When V = 200mm/s
20
SRT3
0 0
MRL2 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25
Kinetic energy (J) Kinetic energy (J)
MRG2 ø40
ø32
100 100
SM‑25
Collision acceleration (G)
Collision acceleration (G)

80 80
ShkAbs
60 When V = 400 mm/s 60 When V = 400 mm/s
FJ
40 40

FK
When V = 200mm/s 20 When V = 200mm/s
20
Spd
Contr 0
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
Ending Kinetic energy (J)
Kinetic energy (J)

134
CMK2-*C Series
Technical data
Technical data SCP*3

[Allowable energy value] CMK2

CMA2
40
SCM
35
ø40 SCG
30
SCA2
25
SCS2
Load (kg)

ø32
20 CKV2
CAV2/
15
ø25
COVP/N2

10
SSD2
ø20

SSG
5

SSD
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
CAT
Working piston speed (mm/s)

MDC2
Usable in the range below and to the left of the curve.
Although it can also be used in the range marked with in the figure, we MVC
recommend use within the range marked with a solid line to maximize the noise
reduction and damping effects. SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

135
Medium bore size cylinder
double acting/air cushioned

SCP*3
CMK2-C Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2 Double acting
JIS symbol
CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2-C
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/air cushioned
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Port size Rc 1/8
Stroke tolerance mm +2.0
0 (Up to 200), 0 (More than 200)
+2.4

SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 700


Cushion Air cushion
SSG Effective cushion length mm 12
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.34 0.46 0.88 1.27
SSD Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil class 1 ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)

CAT
Stroke
MDC2 Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
Standard stroke
Bore size (mm) Without With Without bellows
(mm) Bellows “J”
MVC bellows bellows Bellows “L”
ø20
25/50/75/100/
SMG ø25
150/200/250/ 750 650 5 25
ø32
MSD/ 300
ø40
MSDG
*1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
FC* *2: One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.
*3: Contact CKD when stroke shorter than 25 mm is required for “J” bellows.

STK
Min. stroke with switch (Unit: mm)
SRL3 1 2 3
Switch quantity
Proximity Reed Proximity Reed Proximity Reed
SRG3 Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRM3 ø25 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø32 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRT3 ø40 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
*1: Up to 3 switches can be mounted.
MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

136
CMK2-C Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed CMK2
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable
Applications relay, compact solenoid valve
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA SCA2
LED LED Red/green Red/green LED Yellow Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON)
CKV2
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC,
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 COVP/N2
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142
*1: R
 efer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD

CAT

MDC2
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)
Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm MVC
Item/mounting Switch Switch rail + Additional
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Eye bracket Clevis Clevis bracket Trunnion weight weight per
band weight
Bore size (mm) (00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (CA) (CC) (CB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc.) S = 10 mm SMG
ø20 0.17 0.32 0.25 0.23 0.32 0.18 0.32 0.22 0.005 0.01 MSD/
Refer to the weight
ø25 0.26 0.52 0.39 0.41 0.50 0.26 0.50 0.36 0.005 0.01 MSDG
in the switch
ø32 0.30 0.56 0.43 0.45 0.54 0.30 0.54 0.40 0.009 0.02
specifications. FC*
ø40 0.48 0.74 0.61 0.63 0.72 0.50 0.72 0.64 0.009 0.02

Product weight when S = 0 mm...... 0.45 kg STK


Product stroke (50)
Additional weight when S = 50mm.... Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02x =0.10 kg
10
(Example) ‌Product weight of CMK2-C-FA-32-50-T0H-D Weight of 2 switches....................... 0.036 kg SRL3
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands....... 0.018 kg.
Product weight................................ 0.45 kg+0.1 kg+0.036 kg+0.018 Kg=0.604 kg SRG3

SRM3

SRT3
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N)
MRL2
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
2 2 2 2 2 2
MRG2
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x10 1.57x10 1.88x10 2.20x10 2.51x10 2.83x10 3.14x102
ø20
Pull 23.6 35.3 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x102 1.41x102 1.65x102 1.88x102 2.12x102 2.36x102 SM‑25
2 2
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x10 1.96x10 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102
ø25
Pull 37.8 56.7 75.6 1.13x102 1.51x102 1.89x102 2.27x102 2.64x102 3.02x102 3.40x102 3.78x102 ShkAbs
2 2
Push 80.4 1.21x10 1.61x10 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102
ø32
Pull 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102 FJ
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
Push 1.26x10 1.88x10 2.51x10 3.77x10 5.03x10 6.28x10 7.54x10 8.80x10 1.01x10 1.13x10 1.26x10
ø40 FK
Pull 1.10x102 1.65x102 2.21x102 3.31x102 4.41x102 5.51x102 6.62x102 7.72x102 8.82x102 9.92x102 1.10x103

Spd
Contr

Ending

137
CMK2-C Series
SCP*3
How to order Code Description
A Mounting
No switch (built-in magnet for switch) 00 Basic
CMK2 CMK2-C 00 20 100 V I LB Axial foot (Both sides)
LS Axial foot (One side)
With switch (built-in magnet for switch)
CMA2 FA Rod side flange
CMK2-C 00 20 100 T0H R V I FB Head side flange
SCM CA Eye bracket
CC Eye bracket integrated
SCG A Mounting CC1 Eye bracket, bush pressfit
*1 CB Clevis bracket (pin and split washer pin included)
TA Rod side trunnion
SCA2
TB Head side trunnion

SCS2 B Bore size (mm)


B Bore size 20 ø20 *9
25 ø25 *9
CKV2
32 ø32
CAV2/ 40 ø40
COVP/N2 C Port thread
C Port thread Blank Rc thread
SSD2 NN NPT thread (made-to-order product)
GN G thread (made-to-order product)
SSG
D Stroke (mm)
D Stroke Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
SSD ø20 5 to 750
ø25 5 to 750 In 1 mm
CAT ø32 5 to 750 increments
ø40 5 to 750
MDC2 E Switch model No.
E Switch model No.

Reed Contact
Axial Radial Voltage Lead
MVC
Precautions for model No. selection AC DC
Indicator
lead wire lead wire wire
*1 : ‌One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.
*2 : ‌For the min. stroke with switch and the max. T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
SMG and min. strokes with bellows, refer to page T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
136. T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
MSD/ *3 : ‌The compatible tube O.D. of F (with push-in fitting T1H* T1V*
MSDG (straight)) and FE (with push-in fitting (elbow)) is 2-wire
T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
ø6.
*4 : ‌The instantaneous max. temperature is the T3H* T3V*
FC* 3-wire
Proximity

temperature when sparks and cutting chips, etc., T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
instantaneously contact the bellows. T2WH* T2WV*
STK *5 : ‌“I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV*
*6 : ‌Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom 2-color LED
T3WH* T3WV*
specifications of rod end form. 3-wire
SRL3 T3YH* T3YV*
*7 : ‌Refer to page 84 for combination of
variations/options. T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
SRG3 *8 : ‌Up to three switches can be installed. If four or * Lead wire length
more switches are required, switch mounting Blank 1 m (standard)
brackets for the extra switches must be prepared
SRM3 3 3 m (option)
separately.
*9 : ‌For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel as 5 5 m (option)
standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If a F Switch quantity
SRT3
stainless steel rod nut is necessary, select the “M” F Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
option code. *8
MRL2 H 1 on head side
D 2
T 3
MRG2
G Option
[Example of model No.] G Option
Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
SM‑25 *3, *4
CMK2-C-00-20-100-T0H-R-VI J Bellows 100°C 200°C
L Bellows 250°C 400°C
ShkAbs Model: Medium bore size cylinder, double acting/air cushioned F With push-in fitting (straight)
A Mounting : Basic
FE With push-in fitting (elbow)
B Bore size : ø20 mm
FJ M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *9
C Port thread : Rc thread
V Boss cutoff
D Stroke : 100 mm
FK E Switch model No.: Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m H Accessory
H Accessory I Rod eye
F Switch quantity : 1 on rod side
Spd *5
G Option : Boss cutoff Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
Contr
H Accessory : Rod eye B2 Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)
Ending

138
CMK2-C Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set Switch body only Mounting bracket set

CMK2 T0H 20 SW T0H CMK2 T 20 CMK2

Bore size (Item B on page 138) Bore size (Item B on page 138)B CMA2
Switch model No. (Item E on page 138) Switch model No. (Item E on page 138) Mounting bracket

SCM

SCG

How to order mounting bracket SCA2


Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Mounting bracket SCS2
Basic (00) *3 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30
Axial foot (LB/LS) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 CKV2
Flange (FA/FB) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30
Trunnion (TA/TB) M1-TA-20 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-40
CAV2/
COVP/N2
Eye bracket (CA) M1-CA-20 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30
Clevis bracket (CB) M1-CB-20 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 SSD2
*1: ‌Regarding mounting brackets, mounting nuts and toothed washers are supplied with the axial foot and flange. The trunnion includes mounting nuts.
*2: For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of “M1-LB-*” in the table above are required. SSG
*3: Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

139
CMK2-C Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list

CMK2

CMA2

SCM

SCG

SCA2
18 19 20 1 2 3 4 21 22 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2

SSD2

SSG

SSD

CAT

MDC2
Cannot be disassembled
MVC
Note: This product is caulked and cannot be disassembled.
SMG
No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
MSD/ 1 Rod nut Steel Zinc chromate 14 Wear ring Polyacetal
MSDG 2 Piston rod ø20, ø25: Stainless steel 15 Piston B Aluminum alloy
Industrial chrome plating
ø32, ø40: Carbon steel 16 Head cover Aluminum alloy
FC*
3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 17 Cushion ring B Aluminum alloy
4 Bush ø20, ø25, ø32 : Dry bearing 18 Seal washer Nitrile rubber, steel
STK
ø40 : Copper-based 19 Hexagon nut Steel Zinc chromate

SRL3 5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy 20 Cushion needle Copper Zinc chromate
6 Cushion packing Urethane rubber 21 Nut Steel Zinc chromate

SRG3 7 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 22 Toothed washer Steel Zinc chromate
9 Cushion ring A Aluminum alloy

SRM3 10 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber


11 Piston A Aluminum alloy

SRT3 12 Piston packing Nitrile rubber


13 Magnet Plastic

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

140
CMK2-C Series
Double acting/air cushioned
Dimensions SCP*3
Basic (00)
CMK2

CMA2
X + stroke
A WF LL + stroke V SCM
G
C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16 K
P1 øMM 8 RD Opposite side 10 HD 8 SCG
P Hexagon nut
T
SCA2
(Pθ)

2-Rc1/8
SCS2

øF
8

KK
L

MB CKV2
10 10

øD
HA Width across flats B MB
XF XE + stroke CAV2/
2 widths across flats U COVP/N2

SSD2

X+ + stroke
X + stroke SSG
A WF +
16
b 8 SSD

CAT
ød

MDC2

[With bellows]
XE + stroke MVC
[Boss cutoff]
SMG
MSD/
MSDG

RD: Rod side max. sensitivity position


FC*
*1 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches.
HD: Head side max. sensitivity position *2 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.
Code STK
A B C D F G HA K KK L LL MB MM T U V WF X XE XF
Bore size (mm)
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 70 26 12 M 8x1.0 23 to 25 66 M18x1.5 10 5 24 14 24 124 80 44 SRL3
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 60 35 14 M10x1.25 25 to 27 69 M26x1.5 12 6 30 16 23 131 85 46
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 60 35 14 M10x1.25 25 to 26.5 69 M26x1.5 12 6 34 16 23 131 85 46 SRG3
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 60 35 14 M12x1.5 31.5 to 33 73 M26x1.5 14 7 43 16 23 137 89 48
With switch With bellows Boss cutoff
SRM3
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
P P1 (Pθ)° b d X XE SRT3
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6 110 66
MRL2
ø25 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115 69
ø32 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115 69
MRG2
ø40 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 121 73

SM‑25

* ‌Dimensions of other mountings are the same as those of the standard. Refer to pages 92 to 97. ShkAbs
* For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98.
FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

141
Medium bore size cylinder/
double acting/position locking

SCP*3
CMK2-Q Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2-Q
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/position locking
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.15 (≈22 psi, 1.5 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Port size Rc 1/8
+2.0 +2.4
Stroke tolerance mm 0 (Up to 200), 0 (More than 200)
SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 500
Cushion Rubber cushion
SSG Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil class 1 ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
Position locking mechanism Head side or rod side
SSD Holding force N Max. thrust x 0.7
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639
CAT

MDC2 Stroke
Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
Bore size (mm) Standard stroke (mm)
MVC Without bellows With bellows Without bellows With bellows
ø20
25/50/75/100/
SMG ø25 Not Not
150/200/250/ 750 750
ø32 supported supported
MSD/ 300
ø40
MSDG *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.

FC*

STK Min. stroke with switch (Unit: mm)

Switch quantity 1 2 3
SRL3 Proximity Reed Proximity Reed Proximity Reed
Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8
SRG3 ø20 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRM3 ø32 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRT3 *1: Up to 3 switches can be mounted.

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending
Be sure to read the Safety precautions for the position locking on pages 200 to 203 before use.
142
CMK2-Q Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed CMK2
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programming controller,Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable
Applications relay, compact solenoid valve
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA SCA2
LED LED Red/green Red/green LED Yellow Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON)
CKV2
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC,
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 COVP/N2
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87 SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD

CAT
Cylinder weight
CMK2-Q-H (Unit: kg) MDC2
Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch Switch rail Additional
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Eye bracket Clevis Clevis bracket Trunnion weight + band weight MVC
Bore size
(mm) (00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (CA) (CC) (CB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc.) weight per S = 10 mm
ø20 0.20 0.35 0.28 0.26 0.35 0.21 0.35 0.25 0.005 0.01 SMG
Refer to the weight
ø25 0.29 0.55 0.42 0.44 0.53 0.29 0.53 0.39 0.005 0.01 MSD/
in the switch
ø32 0.32 0.58 0.45 0.47 0.56 0.32 0.56 0.42 0.009 0.02 MSDG
specifications.
ø40 0.51 0.77 0.64 0.66 0.75 0.53 0.75 0.67 0.009 0.02
FC*
CMK2-Q-R (Unit: kg)

Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch Switch rail Additional STK
Bore size
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Eye bracket Clevis Clevis bracket Trunnion weight + band weight
(mm) (00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (CA) (CC) (CB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc.) weight per S = 10 mm SRL3
ø20 0.19 0.34 0.27 0.25 0.34 0.20 0.34 0.24 0.005 0.01
Refer to the weight
ø25 0.29 0.55 0.42 0.44 0.53 0.29 0.53 0.39 0.005 0.01 SRG3
in the switch
ø32 0.32 0.58 0.45 0.47 0.56 0.32 0.56 0.42 0.009 0.02
specifications.
ø40 0.50 0.76 0.63 0.65 0.74 0.52 0.74 0.66 0.009 0.02 SRM3
Product weight when S = 0 mm ........0.47 kg
Product stroke (50) SRT3
Additional weight when S = 50mm ...... Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02x =0.10 kg
(Example) ‌Product weight of 10
Weight of 2 switches .........................0.036 kg
CMK2-Q-FA-32-50-R-T0H-D Weight of switch rail + 2 bands .........0.018 kg MRL2
Product weight ..................................0.47 kg + 0.1 kg + 0.036 kg + 0.018 kg = 0.624 kg
MRG2

Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N) SM‑25


Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa
(mm) direction 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 ShkAbs
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Push 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x10 1.57x10 1.88x10 2.20x10 2.51x10 2.83x10 3.14x10
ø20
Pull 35.3 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x102 1.41x102 1.65x102 1.88x102 2.12x102 2.36x102 FJ
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Push 73.6 98.2 1.47x10 1.96x10 2.45x10 2.95x10 3.44x10 3.93x10 4.42x10 4.91x10
ø25 FK
Pull 56.7 75.6 1.13x102 1.51x102 1.89x102 2.27x102 2.64x102 3.02x102 3.40x102 3.78x102
Push 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102 Spd
ø32
Pull 1.04x10 2
1.38x10 2
2.07x10 2
2.76x10 2
3.46x10 2
4.15x10 2
4.84x10 2
5.53x10 2
6.22x10 2
6.91x102 Contr
Push 1.88x102 2.51x102 3.77x102 5.03x102 6.28x102 7.54x102 8.80x102 1.01x103 1.13x103 1.26x103
ø40 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Ending
Pull 1.65x10 2.21x10 3.31x10 4.41x10 5.51x10 6.62x10 7.72x10 8.82x10 9.92x10 1.10x103

143
CMK2-Q Series
Code Description
SCP*3 How to order
A Mounting
No switch (built-in magnet for switch) 00 Basic
CMK2 LB Axial foot
CMK2-Q 00 20 25 R M I
FA Rod side flange
CMA2 With switch (built-in magnet for switch) FB Head side flange
CMK2-Q 00 20 25 R T0H R M I CA Eye bracket
SCM CB Clevis bracket (pin and split washer pin included)
A Mounting TA Rod side trunnion
SCG *1 TB Head side trunnion
B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size 20 ø20 *9
SCA2
25 ø25 *9
SCS2 32 ø32
40 ø40

CKV2 C Port thread


C Port thread Blank Rc thread
CAV2/ NN NPT thread (made-to-order product)
COVP/N2 GN G thread (made-to-order product)

SSD2 D Stroke (mm)


D Stroke Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
ø20 5 to 750
SSG
ø25 5 to 750 In 1 mm
ø32 5 to 750 increments
SSD ø40 5 to 750
E Position locking mechanism
CAT E Position locking R With rod side position locking
mechanism
H With head side position locking
MDC2
F Switch model No.
F Switch model No.

Contact
Axial Voltage Lead
MVC Indicator
lead wire AC DC wire
Precautions for model No. selection T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
SMG T5H* T5V* Reed No indicator lamp 2-wire
*1 : Rod side position locking of TA and head side position
locking of TB are not available. T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
MSD/
MSDG *2 : Refer to page 142 for min. stroke with switch. T1H* T1V*
2-wire
*3 : The compatible tube O.D. of F (with push-in fitting T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
(straight)) and FE (with push-in fitting (elbow)) is ø6.
FC* *4 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together.
T3H* T3V*
3-wire
Proximity

*5 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED


STK specifications of rod end form. T2WH* T2WV*
2-wire
*6 : Refer to page 84 for combination of variations/ T2YH* T2YV*
options. 2-color LED
T3WH* T3WV*
SRL3 *7 : Up to three switches can be installed. If four or more 3-wire
switches are required, switch mounting brackets for the
T3YH* T3YV*
extra switches must be prepared separately. T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
SRG3
*8 : Only non-locking manual override is available if “M0” or * Lead wire length
“M1” of H Option is not selected. Release bolt is not Blank 1 m (standard)
SRM3 included.
3 3 m (option)
*9 : For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel as
standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If a stainless 5 5 m (option)
SRT3 steel rod nut is necessary, select the “M” option code. G Switch quantity
G Switch quantity
R 1 on rod side
MRL2 *7
H 1 on head side
D 2
MRG2 T 3

[Example of model No.] H Option


SM‑25 H Option
F With push-in fitting (straight)
CMK2-Q-00-20-25-R-T0H-R-M0Y *3
*8 FE With push-in fitting (elbow)
ShkAbs Model: Medium bore size cylinder, position locking M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *9
A Mounting : Basic P6 Copper and PTFE free
FJ B Bore size : ø20 mm M0 Non-locking manual override (with release bolt)
C Port thread : Rc thread M1 Locking manual override
D Stroke : 25 mm
FK I Accessory
E Position locking mechanism : With rod side position locking I Accessory
I Rod eye
F Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m *4
Spd Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
Contr G Switch quantity : 1 on rod side
B2 Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)
H Option : Non-locking manual override
Ending I Accessory : Rod clevis

144
CMK2-Q Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set Switch body only Mounting bracket set

CMK2 T0H 20 SW T0H CMK2 T 20 CMK2

Bore size (Item B on page 144) Bore size (‌Item B on page 144) CMA2
Switch model No. (Item F on page 144) Switch model No. (Item F on page 144) Mounting bracket
SCM

SCG
How to order mounting bracket SCA2
Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Mounting bracket SCS2
Basic (00) *3 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30
Axial foot (LB) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 CKV2
Flange (FA/FB) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30
Trunnion (TA/TB) M1-TA-20 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-40 CAV2/
COVP/N2
Eye bracket (CA) M1-CA-20 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30
Clevis bracket (CB) M1-CB-20 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 SSD2
*1: ‌Regarding mounting brackets, mounting nuts and toothed washers are supplied with the axial foot and flange. The trunnion includes mounting nuts.
*2: For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of “M1-LB-*” in the table above are required.
*3: Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.
SSG

SSD

CAT

Specifications for rechargeable battery (Catalog No. CC-1226A) MDC2

Design compatible with rechargeable MVC


CMK2-Q … P4* battery manufacturing process
* Contact CKD for details. SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

145
CMK2-Q Series
SCP*3 Internal structure and parts list
CMK2-Q (rod side position locking)
CMK2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

CMA2

SCM

SCG

SCA2

SCS2 CMK2-Q (head side position locking)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2

SSD2

SSG

SSD

CAT Cannot be disassembled


Note: This product is caulked and cannot be disassembled.
MDC2 No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
1 Rod nut Steel Zinc chromate 12 Magnet Plastic
MVC 2 Piston rod ø20, ø25: Stainless steel Industrial chrome plating 13 Wear ring Acetal resin
ø32, ø40: Steel 14 Piston (B) Aluminum alloy
SMG 3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 15 Spacer Steel Zinc chromate

MSD/ 4 Bush Dry bearing ø20 16 Nut Steel Zinc chromate


MSDG Oil impregnated bearing alloy ø25, ø32, ø40 *1 17 Sleeve Steel Nitriding
5 Nut Steel Zinc chromate 18 Head cover Aluminum alloy
FC*
6 Toothed washer Steel Zinc chromate 19 Stopper piston Steel Nitriding
7 Rod cover Aluminum alloy 20 Piston packing (B) Nitrile rubber
STK
8 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 21 Spring Steel Paint
9 Cushion rubber (A) Urethane rubber 22 Cushion rubber (B) Urethane rubber
SRL3
10 Piston (A) Aluminum alloy 23 Stopper cover Aluminum alloy die-casting Chromate
11 Piston packing (A) Nitrile rubber 24 Hex socket screw Alloy steel Zinc chromate
SRG3
*1: Oleoresin bearing for copper and PTFE free.

SRM3
[Explanation of manual override]
Non-locking manual override (option code: M0) Locking manual override (option code: M1)
SRT3
Hexagon socket Y: Indicated in dimensions ø13 Y: Indicated in dimensions
head cap screw Round nut
MRL2
3

M3x30
Stopper spring
MRG2
21.8

Stopper piston
27

SM‑25 Piston rod groove

ShkAbs
Y

FJ

FK
By screwing the hexagon socket head cap screw (M3 x 30) into the
Spd stopper piston and pulling the bolt 3 mm with force of 20 N or more, By rotating the round nut leftward (counterclockwise),
Contr the stopper piston moves and the lock is released. (when horizontally the stopper piston moves and the lock is released.
installed with no load and with the opposite side port pressurized). Rotating the round nut to the right (clockwise) to set it in the locked
Ending When the screw is released, the internal spring causes the stopper piston position causes the stopper piston to return. When it fits into the
to return. When it fits into the piston rod groove, the piston is locked. piston rod groove, the piston is locked.

146
CMK2-Q Series
Double acting/position locking
Dimensions SCP*3
‌ asic (00)
B
(with rod side position locking) CMK2
X + stroke
A WF LL + stroke V
22 C V 16 16 K CMA2
ø10.5 øMM G 8 2-Rc1/8 8

9.5
10 10 SCM
øT
G

Z
SCG
P1
Y

SCA2
KK
MB
P

SCS2

øD
Width across MB
8
flats B XF RD HD
(Pθ) GC 30.5 30.5 GD
CKV2
HA
CAV2/
COVP/N2

SSD2

(With head side position locking) X + stroke SSG


A WF LL + stroke V
22 C V 16 16 K SSD
ø10.5 øMM G 8 2-Rc1/8 8
10
10 CAT
øT

T
Z
G

P1

MDC2
Y

KK MVC
MB
P

øD

Width across MB SMG


flats B XF HD
8 GC 30.5 30.5 GD
(Pθ) MSD/
HA RD
MSDG

FC*
*1 : For dimensions of the type with manual override, refer to the [Explanation of manual override] figure on the
RD: Rod side max. sensitivity position previous page.
HD: Head side max. sensitivity position *2 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD, and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches. STK
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions
SRL3
Bore size (mm) A B C D G HA K KK LL MB MM
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 (11) 26 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10
SRG3
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 (13) 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 (13) 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12
SRM3
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 (13) 35 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14
With switch
Code SRT3
T0, T5, T2, T3
T TG V WF X XF Y Z
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD
MRL2
ø20 5 29 14 24 124 44 31 15.5 4 3 8
ø25 6 41 16 23 131 46 35 15.5 5.5 4.5 9.5
MRG2
ø32 6 41 16 23 131 46 35 15.5 5.5 4.5 9.5
ø40 7 41 16 23 137 48 43 15.5 7.5 6.5 11.5
SM‑25
Code
T2W, T3W ShkAbs
P P1 (Pθ)°
Bore size (mm) HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22
FJ
ø25 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18
ø32 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 FK
ø40 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12
Spd
* ‌Dimensions of other mountings are the same as those of the standard. Refer to pages 92 to 97. Contr

* For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98. Ending

147
Medium bore size cylinder
double acting/fine speed

SCP*3
CMK2-F Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
Double acting cylinder single rod
JIS symbol
CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2-F
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
Ambient temperature °C 5 (41°F) to 60 (140°F)
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Port size Rc 1/8
Stroke tolerance mm +2.0
0 (Up to 200), 0 (More than 200)
+2.4

SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 1 to 200


Cushion Rubber cushion
SSG Lubrication Lubrication not possible
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639
SSD

CAT Stroke
Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
MDC2 Bore size (mm) Standard stroke (mm)
Without bellows With bellows Without bellows With bellows
ø20,ø25, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, Not Not
750 5
MVC ø32,ø40 300 supported supported
*1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
SMG *2: One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.

MSD/
MSDG Min. stroke with switch (Unit: mm)

FC* Switch quantity 1 2 3


Proximity Reed Proximity Reed Proximity Reed
Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8
STK
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRL3
ø32 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRG3 ø40 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
*1: Up to 3 switches can be mounted.

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

148
CMK2-F Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed CMK2
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable
Applications relay, compact solenoid valve
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA SCA2
LED LED Red/green Red/green LED Yellow Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON)
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC,
CKV2
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 COVP/N2
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD

CAT

MDC2

Cylinder weight (Unit: kg) MVC

Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch Switch rail + Additional
SMG
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Eye bracket Clevis Clevis bracket Trunnion weight weight per
Bore size (mm) band weight
(00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (CA) (CC) (CB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc.) S = 10 mm MSD/
ø20 0.17 0.32 0.25 0.23 0.32 0.18 0.32 0.22 0.005 0.01 MSDG
Refer to the weight
ø25 0.26 0.52 0.39 0.41 0.50 0.26 0.50 0.36 0.005 0.01
in the switch FC*
ø32 0.30 0.56 0.43 0.45 0.54 0.30 0.54 0.40 0.009 0.02
specifications.
ø40 0.48 0.74 0.61 0.63 0.72 0.50 0.72 0.64 0.009 0.02
STK
(Example) Product weight of CMK2-F-FA-32-50-T0H-D Product weight when S = 0 mm..... 0.45 kg
Product stroke (50)
Additional weight when S = 50mm.....Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02x =0.10 kg SRL3
10
Weight of 2 switches.................... 0.036 kg
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands..... 0.018 kg SRG3
Product weight............................. 0.45 kg+0.1 kg+0.036 kg+0.018 kg=0.604 kg
SRM3

SRT3

MRL2
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N)
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa MRG2
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102 SM‑25
ø20
Pull 23.6 35.3 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x10 2
1.41x10 2
1.65x10 2
1.88x10 2
2.12x10 2
2.36x10 2

ShkAbs
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x102 1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102
ø25
Pull 37.8 56.7 75.6 1.13x102 1.51x102 1.89x102 2.27x102 2.64x102 3.02x102 3.40x102 3.78x102
FJ
Push 80.4 1.21x10 2
1.61x10 2
2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102
ø32
Pull 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102 FK
Push 1.26x102 1.88x102 2.51x102 3.77x102 5.03x102 6.28x102 7.54x102 8.80x102 1.01x103 1.13x103 1.26x103
ø40 Spd
Pull 1.10x102 1.65x102 2.21x102 3.31x102 4.41x102 5.51x102 6.62x102 7.72x102 8.82x102 9.92x102 1.10x103
Contr

Ending

149
CMK2-F Series
SCP*3
How to order
No switch (built-in magnet for switch)

CMK2 CMK2-F LB 20 100 V I Code Description


A Mounting
With switch (built-in magnet for switch) 00 Basic
CMA2
LB Two-sided axial foot
CMK2-F LB 20 100 T0H R V I LS Axial foot (one side) (rod side)
SCM
FA Rod side flange
FB Head side flange
SCG CA Eye bracket
Model No. A Mounting
CC Eye bracket integrated
*1
SCA2 CB Clevis bracket (pin and split washer pin included)
TA Rod side trunnion
SCS2 TB Head side trunnion
B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size 20 ø20 *7
CKV2
25 ø25 *7
CAV2/ 32 ø32
COVP/N2 40 ø40

SSD2
C Port thread
C Port thread Blank Rc thread
NN NPT thread (made-to-order product)
SSG GN G thread (made-to-order product)
D Stroke (mm)
SSD D Stroke Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
ø20 5 to 750
CAT ø25 5 to 750 In 1 mm
ø32 5 to 750 increments
MDC2 ø40 5 to 750
Precautions for model No. selection
E Switch model No.
*1 : One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm. E Switch model No.

Reed Contact
MVC Axial Radial Voltage
*2 : Refer to page 148 for min. stroke with switch. Indicator Lead wire
lead wire lead wire AC DC
*3 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together.
T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
SMG *4 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom
specifications of rod end form. T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
MSD/ *5 : Refer to page 84 for combination of variations/ T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
MSDG options. T1H* T1V*
*6 : Up to three switches can be installed. If four or more
2-wire
T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
FC* switches are required, switch mounting brackets for the T3H* T3V*
extra switches must be prepared separately. 3-wire
Proximity

T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED


*7 : For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel as
STK standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If a stainless T2WH* T2WV*
2-wire
steel rod nut is necessary, select the “M” option code. T2YH* T2YV*
2-color LED
T3WH* T3WV*
SRL3 3-wire
T3YH* T3YV*
T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
SRG3 * Lead wire length
Blank 1 m (standard)
SRM3 [Example of model No.] 3 3 m (option)
5 5 m (option)
CMK2-F-LB-20-25-T0H-R-VI
SRT3 Model: Medium bore size cylinder, fine speed F Switch quantity
F Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
A Mounting : Two-sided axial foot *6
MRL2 H 1 on head side
B Bore size : ø20 mm
D 2
C Port thread : Rc thread
T 3
MRG2 D Stroke : 25 mm
E Switch model No. : Reed switch T0H, lead wire 1 m G Option
F Switch quantity : 1 on rod side
G Option M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *7
SM‑25
G Option : Boss cutoff V Boss cutoff
H Accessory : Rod eye H Accessory
ShkAbs H Accessory I Rod eye
*3 Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
FJ B2 Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

150
CMK2-F Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set Switch body only Mounting bracket set

CMK2 T0H 20 SW T0H CMK2 T 20 CMK2

Bore size (Item B on page 150) Bore size (‌Item B on page 150) CMA2
Switch model No. (Item E on page 150) Switch model No. (Item E on page 150) Mounting bracket
SCM

SCG
How to order mounting bracket
Bore size (mm) SCA2
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Mounting bracket
Basic (00) *3 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 SCS2
Axial foot (LB/LS) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30
Flange (FA/FB) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 CKV2
Trunnion (TA/TB) M1-TA-20 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-40
CAV2/
Eye bracket (CA) M1-CA-20 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30
COVP/N2
Clevis bracket (CB) M1-CB-20 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30
*1: ‌Regarding mounting brackets, mounting nuts and toothed washers are supplied with the axial foot and flange. The trunnion includes mounting nuts. SSD2
*2: For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of the “M1-LB-*1” in the table above are required.
*3: Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.
SSG

SSD

CAT
Dimensions
Same as CMK2 Series (double acting/single rod). Refer to pages 91 to 97. MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

151
CKM2-F Series
SCP*3 Measurement data Measuring method
SSD-F-16-30
CMK2

CMA2

SCM Laser displacement meter


Analyzing recorder

SCG
Speed controller Speed controller
SC-M5-A-I SC-M5-A-O
SCA2
SC-M5-S-O
SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/ Solenoid valve 4KB120
COVP/N2
Pressure 0.5 MPa
SSD2

SSG

SSD
Speed
CAT Stroke
0.92 mm/s

MDC2
Stroke 30 mm

0.90 mm/s
MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

0 33.4 s 35.0 s
STK PUSH PULL

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

152
MEMO
SCP*3

CMK2

CMA2

SCM

SCG

SCA2

SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2

SSD2

SSG

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

153
Medium bore size cylinder
double acting/double rod

SCP*3
CMK2-D Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
JIS symbol Double acting cylinder double rod

CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2-D
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/double rod
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.15 (≈22 psi, 1.5 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8
Stroke tolerance mm +2.0
0 (Up to 200), 0 (More than 200)
+2.4

SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 500


Cushion Rubber cushion
SSG Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil class 1 ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639
SSD

CAT Stroke
Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
Standard stroke
MDC2 Bore size (mm) Without With Without bellows Bellows
(mm)
bellows bellows Bellows “L” “J”
MVC ø20
25/50/75/100/
ø25 480
150/200/250/ 300 5 25
SMG ø32
300
ø40 450
MSD/
MSDG *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
*2: One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.
*3: Contact CKD whenever stroke shorter than 25 mm is necessary for “J” bellows.
FC*

STK Min. stroke with switch (Unit: mm)


1 2 3
SRL3 Switch quantity
Proximity Reed Proximity Reed Proximity Reed
Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8
SRG3
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRM3
ø32 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRT3
*1: Up to 3 switches can be mounted.

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

154
CMK2-D Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed CMK2
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable
Applications relay, compact solenoid valve
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA SCA2
LED LED Red/green Red/green LED Yellow Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON)
CKV2
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC,
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 COVP/N2
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD

CAT

MDC2
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)
Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch
Item/mounting Switch rail + Additional weight MVC
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Trunnion weight
Bore size (mm) (00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc.) band weight per S = 10 mm SMG
ø20 0.21 0.36 0.29 0.27 0.26 0.005 0.02
Refer to the weight MSD/
ø25 0.32 0.58 0.45 0.47 0.42 0.005 0.02
in the switch MSDG
ø32 0.36 0.62 0.49 0.51 0.46 0.009 0.03
specifications.
ø40 0.57 0.83 0.70 0.72 0.73 0.009 0.03 FC*

STK

Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N) SRL3


Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa
(mm) direction SRG3
0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
ø20 Push/Pull 35.3 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x102 1.41x102 1.65x102 1.88x102 2.12x102 2.36x102
SRM3
ø25 Push/Pull 56.7 75.6 1.13x10 2
1.51x10 2
1.89x10 2
2.27x10 2
2.64x10 2
3.02x10 2
3.40x10 2
3.78x102
ø32 Push/Pull 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102 SRT3
ø40 Push/Pull 1.65x10 2
2.21x10 2
3.31x10 2
4.41x10 2
5.51x10 2
6.62x10 2
7.72x10 2
8.82x10 2
9.92x10 2
1.10x103
MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

155
CMK2-D Series
SCP*3
How to order
No switch (built-in magnet for switch)
Code Description
CMK2 CMK2-D 00 20 100 J I A Mounting
With switch (built-in magnet for switch) 00 Basic
CMA2 LB Axial foot (Both sides)
CMK2-D 00 20 100 T0H R J I LS Axial foot (One side)
SCM FA Rod side flange
TA Rod side trunnion
SCG A Mounting B Bore size (mm)
*1 B Bore size 20 ø20 *8
SCA2 25 ø25 *8
32 ø32
SCS2 40 ø40
C Port thread
CKV2 C Port thread
Blank Rc thread
NN NPT thread (made-to-order product)
CAV2/ GN G thread (made-to-order product)
COVP/N2
D Stroke (mm)
D Stroke
SSD2 Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
ø20 5 to 500
SSG ø25 5 to 500 In 1 mm
ø32 5 to 480 increments
SSD ø40 5 to 450
E Switch model No.
E Switch model No.

Reed Contact
CAT Axial Radial Voltage Lead
Indicator
lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
MDC2 T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
MVC
T1H* T1V*
2-wire
Precautions for model No. selection T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
SMG T3H* T3V*
*1 : One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm. 3-wire
Proximity
MSD/ *2 : For the min. stroke with switch and the max. and T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
MSDG min. strokes with bellows, refer to page 154. T2WH* T2WV*
*3 : The compatible tube O.D. of F (with push-in fitting 2-wire
T2YH* T2YV*
(straight)) and FE (with push-in fitting (elbow)) is ø6. 2-color LED
FC* *4 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the temperature
T3WH* T3WV*
3-wire
when sparks and cutting chips, etc., instantaneously T3YH* T3YV*
STK contact the bellows. T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
*5 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom * Lead wire length
specifications of rod end form. Blank 1 m (standard)
SRL3 *6 : Refer to page 84 for combination of variations/
options. 3 3 m (option)
SRG3 *7 : Up to three switches can be installed. If four or more 5 5 m (option)
switches are required, switch mounting brackets for the
F Switch quantity
extra switches must be prepared separately. F Switch quantity
SRM3 *8 : For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel as R 1 on rod side
*7 H 1 on head side
standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If a stainless
steel rod nut is necessary, select the “M” option code. D 2
SRT3
T 3

MRL2 G Option
G Option
Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
*3, *4
J Bellows 100°C 200°C
MRG2
L Bellows 250°C 400°C
F With push-in fitting (straight)
SM‑25 [Example of model No.] FE With push-in fitting (elbow)
CMK2-D-00-20-100-T0H-R-JI M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *8
ShkAbs Model: Medium bore size cylinder, double acting/double rod P6 Copper and PTFE free
A Mounting : Basic H Accessory
FJ B Bore size : ø20 mm H Accessory I Rod eye
C Port thread : Rc thread
Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
FK D Stroke :100 mm
B2 Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)
E Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m
Spd F Switch quantity : 1 on rod side
Contr G Option :B‌ ellows, max. ambient temp. 100°C, instantaneous
max. temp. 200°C
Ending H Accessory : Rod eye

156
CMK2-D Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set Switch body only Mounting bracket set

CMK2 T0H 20 SW T0H CMK2 T 20 CMK2

Bore size (Item B on page 156) Bore size (‌Item B on page 156) CMA2
Switch model No. (Item E on page 156) Switch model No. (Item E on page 156) Mounting bracket
SCM

SCG
How to order mounting bracket SCA2
Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Mounting bracket SCS2
Basic (00) *3 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30
Axial foot (LB/LS) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 CKV2
Flange (FA) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30
Trunnion (TA) M1-TA-20 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-40 CAV2/
COVP/N2
*1: ‌Regarding mounting brackets, mounting nuts and toothed washers are supplied with the axial foot and flange. The trunnion includes mounting nuts.
*2: For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of “M1-LB-*” in the table above are required.
SSD2
*3: Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.

SSG

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

157
CMK2-D Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list

CMK2

CMA2

SCM

SCG

SCA2
1 2 3 13 14 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2

SSD2

SSG

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC Cannot be disassembled


Note: This product is caulked and cannot be disassembled.
SMG
No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
MSD/ 1 Rod nut Steel Zinc chromate 11 Piston B Aluminum alloy
MSDG 2 Piston rod A 12 Piston rod B
ø20, ø25: Stainless steel ø20, ø25: Stainless steel
Industrial chrome plating Industrial chrome plating
ø32, ø40: Carbon steel ø32, ø40: Carbon steel
FC*
3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 13 Nut Steel Zinc chromate

STK 4 Bush ø20: Dry bearing *1 14 Toothed washer Steel Zinc chromate
ø25, ø32, ø40: Copper-based

SRL3 5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy


6 Cylinder tube Stainless steel

SRG3 7 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber


8 Piston A Aluminum alloy
SRM3 9 Piston packing Nitrile rubber
10 Magnet Plastic
SRT3 *1: Oleoresin bearing for copper and PTFE free.

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

158
CMK2-D Series
Double acting/double rod
Dimensions SCP*3
Basic (00)
CMK2

CMA2

SC + (2 x stroke) SCM
A WF LL + stroke WF + stroke A
SCG
HA C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16 V C
P1 8 RD HD 8 K
P
SCA2
T 2-Rc1/8 T

øMM

øMM
SCS2
(Pθ)

øF
CKV2
8

KK KK
MB

øD
Width across 10 10 MB
flats B
CAV2/
XF SE + (2 x stroke) COVP/N2
2 widths across flats U
SSD2

SSG

SC + 2X ( + stroke) SSD
A WF +
b
CAT

MDC2
ød

MVC

[With bellows] SMG


*1 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches. MSD/
*2 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point. MSDG
RD: Rod side max. sensitivity position *3 : The positions for the left and right widths across flats are unspecified.
HD: Head side max. sensitivity position FC*
With switch
Code
A B C D F HA K KK LL MB MM T U V WF XF SC SE T0, T5, T2, T3 STK
Bore size (mm) GC GD
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 26 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 24 14 24 44 154 110 4 3 SRL3
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 30 16 23 46 161 115 5.5 4.5
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 34 16 23 46 161 115 5.5 4.5 SRG3
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 35 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 43 16 23 48 169 121 7.5 6.5
With bellows SRM3
Code
T2W, T3W
P P1 (Pθ)° b d
Bore size (mm) RD HD GC GD RD HD SRT3
ø20 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6
ø25 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 MRL2
ø32 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ø40 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 MRG2

SM‑25
* ‌Dimensions of other mountings are the same as those of the standard. Refer to pages 92 to 97. ShkAbs
* For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98.
FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

159
Medium bore size cylinder
double acting/back to back

SCP*3
CMK2-B Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
Double acting cylinder back to back
JIS symbol
CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2-B
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/back to back
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Port size Rc 1/8
+2.0 +2.4
Stroke tolerance mm 0 (Up to 200), 0 (More than 200)
SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 500
Cushion Rubber cushion
SSG Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil class 1 ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639
SSD

CAT Stroke
Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
Standard stroke
MDC2 Bore size (mm) Without With Without bellows
(mm) Bellows “J”
bellows bellows Bellows “L”
MVC ø20
ø25 25/50/75/100/150/
750 650 5 25
SMG ø32 200/250/300
ø40
MSD/
MSDG *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
*2: Contact CKD when stroke shorter than 25 mm is required for “J” bellows.
FC*
Min. stroke with switch (Unit: mm)
STK
Switch quantity 1 2 3
SRL3 Bore size (mm) Proximity Reed Proximity Reed Proximity Reed
T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRG3
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRM3 ø32 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
*1: Up to 3 switches can be mounted.
SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

160
CMK2-B Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed CMK2
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable
Applications relay, compact solenoid valve
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA SCA2
LED LED Red/green Red/green LED Yellow Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON)
CKV2
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC,
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 COVP/N2
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142
*1: R
 efer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD

CAT
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)
Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Additional weight Additional MDC2
Item/mounting Switch Switch rail
Basic Axial foot Flange Basic Axial foot Flange weight weight per
Bore size (mm) (00) (LB) (FA/FB) (00) (LB) (FA) (per 1 pc.) + band weight S = 10 mm MVC
ø20 0.17 0.32 0.23 0.03 0.18 0.09 0.005 0.01
Refer to the weight SMG
ø25 0.26 0.52 0.41 0.03 0.29 0.18 0.005 0.01
in the switch
ø32 0.30 0.56 0.45 0.05 0.31 0.20 0.009 0.02 MSD/
specifications.
ø40 0.48 0.74 0.63 0.10 0.36 0.25 0.009 0.02 MSDG
[S1 weight] FC*
Product weight when S = 0 mm................. 0.45kg
Product stroke (50)
Additional weight when S = 50 mm................................................Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02 x =0.10 kg STK
10
Weight of 2 switches.................................. 0.036 kg
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands.................. 0.018 kg SRL3
Weight of S1..............................................0.45 kg + 0.1kg + 0.036 kg + 0.018 kg = 0.604 kg
(Example) P‌ roduct weight of CMK2-B-FA-32-50-T0H-D-50-TOH-R [S2 weight] SRG3
Product weight when S = 0 mm................. 0.45kg
S1 S2 Product stroke (50)
Additional weight when S = 50 mm....................................................Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02 x
10
=0.10 kg SRM3
Weight of 2 switches.................................. 0.036 kg
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands.................. 0.018 kg SRT3
Weight of S2 .............................................. 0.45 kg + 0.10kg + 0.036 kg + 0.018 kg = 0.604 kg
Product weight (S1 weight + S2 weight + additional weight)..... MRL2
..... 0.604 kg + 0.604 kg + 0.20 kg=1.408 kg
MRG2

Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N) SM‑25


Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 ShkAbs
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x10 1.57x10 1.88x10 2.20x10 2.51x10 2.83x10 3.14x10
ø20
Pull 23.6 35.3 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x102 1.41x102 1.65x102 1.88x102 2.12x102 2.36x102 FJ
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x10 1.96x10 2.45x10 2.95x10 3.44x10 3.93x10 4.42x10 4.91x10
ø25 FK
Pull 37.8 56.7 75.6 1.13x102 1.51x102 1.89x102 2.27x102 2.64x102 3.02x102 3.40x102 3.78x102
Push 80.4 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102 Spd
ø32
Pull 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102 Contr
Push 1.26x102 1.88x102 2.51x102 3.77x102 5.03x102 6.28x102 7.54x102 8.80x102 1.01x103 1.13x103 1.26x103
ø40 Ending
Pull 1.10x102 1.65x102 2.21x102 3.31x102 4.41x102 5.51x102 6.62x102 7.72x102 8.82x102 9.92x102 1.10x103

161
CMK2-B Series
SCP*3
How to order Cylinder 1 stroke Cylinder 2 stroke
No switch (built-in magnet for switch) S1 S2

CMK2 CMK2-B 00 20 25 50 J I Code Description


With switch (built-in magnet for switch) A Mounting
CMA2 CMK2-B 00 20 25 T0H D 50 T0H R J I 00 Basic
LB Axial foot (Both sides)
Cylinder 1 Cylinder 2
SCM FA Rod side flange
A Mounting B Bore size B Bore size (mm)
SCG 20 ø20 *8
25 ø25 *8
SCA2 32 ø32
40 ø40
SCS2 C Port thread
C Port thread Blank Rc thread
CKV2 NN NPT thread (made-to-order product)
GN G thread (made-to-order product)
CAV2/
COVP/N2 D Stroke (mm)
D Stroke D Stroke
Bore size Stroke *1 Custom stroke
SSD2 ø20 5 to 750
ø25 5 to 750 In 1 mm
SSG ø32 5 to 750 increments
ø40 5 to 750
SSD E Switch model No.
E Switch model No. E Switch model No.

Contact
Axial Radial Voltage Lead
Indicator
CAT lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
T0H* T0V* 1-color LED

Reed
MDC2 T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
MVC
Precautions for model No. selection T1H* T1V*
2-wire
*1 : For the min. stroke with switch and the max. and T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
min. strokes with bellows, refer to page 160. T3H* T3V* 3-wire
SMG *2 : The compatible tube O.D. of F (with push-in fitting
(straight)) and FE (with push-in fitting (elbow)) is ø6.
T3PH* T3PV* Proximity 1-color LED 3-wire
MSD/ *3 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the temperature T2WH* T2WV*
2-wire
MSDG when sparks and cutting chips, etc., instantaneously T2YH* T2YV*
contact the bellows. 2-color LED
T3WH* T3WV*
FC* *4 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom specifications T3YH* T3YV*
3-wire
of rod end form.
*5 : Refer to page 84 for combination of variations/ T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
STK options. * Lead wire length
*6 : As a spacer is used for port adjustment in the back to Blank 1 m (standard)
back, the X and M dimensions include 0 to 1.5 mm
SRL3 3 3 m (option)
tolerance.
*7 : Up to three switches can be installed. If four or more
5 5 m (option)
SRG3 switches are required, switch mounting brackets for the F Switch quantity
extra switches must be prepared separately. F Switch quantity F Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
*8 : For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel as *7
SRM3 standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If a stainless
H 1 on head side
steel rod nut is necessary, select the “M” option code. D 2
SRT3 T 3
G Option
G Option Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
MRL2 *2
[Example of model No.] *3 J Bellows 100°C 200°C
MRG2 CMK2-B-00-20-25-T0H-D-50-T0H-R-JI L Bellows 250°C 400°C
F With push-in fitting (straight)
Model: Medium bore size cylinder, double acting/back to back FE With push-in fitting (elbow)
SM‑25 A Mounting : Basic M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *8
B Bore size : ø20 mm P6 Copper and PTFE free
ShkAbs C Port thread : Rc thread
D Stroke (S1) : 25 mm
H Accessory
H Accessory I Rod eye
FJ E Switch model No. (S1) : Reed T0H switch
Lead wire 1 m 1st stage stroke 25 mm (S1) Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
+ 2nd stage stroke 50 mm (S2)
F Switch quantity (S1) : 2
FK Total stroke 75 mm S1 + S2
D Stroke (S2) : 50 mm S1 S2
Spd E Switch model No. (S2) : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m
Contr F Switch quantity (S2) : 1 on rod side
G Option : Bellows, max. ambient temp. 100°C, instantaneous max. temp. 200°C
Ending H Accessory : Rod eye

162
CMK2-B Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set Switch body only Mounting bracket set

CMK2 T0H 20 SW T0H CMK2 T 20 CMK2

Bore size (Item B on page 162) Bore size (‌Item B on page 162) CMA2
Switch model No. (Item E on page 162) Switch model No. (Item E on page 162) Mounting bracket
SCM

SCG

How to order mounting bracket SCA2


Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Mounting bracket SCS2
Basic (00) *3 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30
Axial foot (LB) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 CKV2
Flange (FA) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30
*1: All mounting brackets are supplied with mounting nuts and toothed washers.
CAV2/
*2: For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of “M1-LB-*” in the table above are required. COVP/N2
*3: Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.
SSD2

SSG

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

163
CMK2-B Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list

CMK2
1
CMA2

SCM

SCG

SCA2

SCS2

CKV2
‌Note: This product is caulked and cannot be
CAV2/
COVP/N2 disassembled. Cannot be disassembled
No. Part name Material Remarks
SSD2 1 Adaptor Aluminum alloy

SSG

SSD

CAT
Applications
MDC2

MVC Three positions are available when the Four positions are available when
same strokes are combined. different strokes are combined.

SMG 4 3 2 1 Reference
3 2 1 Reference
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

164
CMK2-B Series
Double acting/back to back
Dimensions SCP*3
Basic (00)
CMK2

CMA2
X + stroke (S1 + S2)
A WF LL + stroke S1 M LL + stroke S2 WF A
SCM
C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD16 16 GD 30.5 30.5 GC 16 V C
HA
8 RD HD 8 8 HD RD 8 K
P1
P T 2-Rc1/8 2-Rc1/8 T
SCG
øMM

SCA2
(Pθ)

øF
8

KK KK SCS2

øMM
MB

øD
øD
Width across flats B 10 MB
10 10 10 Width across
2 widths across flats U flats B CKV2
CAV2/
X+ + stroke COVP/N2
A WF +
b
SSD2

SSG
ød

SSD

CAT
[With bellows]

*1 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches. MDC2
RD: Rod side max. sensitivity position *2 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.
HD: Head side max. sensitivity position
MVC
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions
Bore size (mm) A B C D F HA K KK LL M MB MM T U V WF X SMG
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 26 12 M 8x1.0 66 29 to 30.5 M18x1.5 10 5 24 14 24 249 to 250.5
MSD/
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 35 14 M10x1.25 69 33 to 34.5 M26x1.5 12 6 30 16 23 263 to 264.5
MSDG
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 35 14 M10x1.25 69 33 to 34.5 M26x1.5 12 6 34 16 23 263 to 264.5
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 35 14 M12x1.5 73 33 to 34.5 M26x1.5 14 7 43 16 23 275 to 276.5 FC*
With switch With bellows
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W STK
P P1 (Pθ)° b d
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6 SRL3
ø25 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
ø32 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 SRG3
ø40 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7
Note: As a spacer is used for port adjustment in the back to back, the X and M dimensions include 0 to 1.5 mm tolerance. SRM3

* ‌Dimensions of other mountings are the same as those of the standard. Refer to pages 92 to 97. SRT3

* For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98. MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

165
Medium bore size cylinder
double acting/rotation-stop

SCP*3
CMK2-M Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
Double acting, rotation-stop cylinder single rod
JIS symbol
CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2-M
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/rotation-stop
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Port size Rc 1/8
Stroke tolerance +2.0
0 (Up to 200), 0 (More than 200)
+2.4

SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 500


Cushion Rubber cushion
SSG Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil class 1 ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
Non-rotating accuracy (Note) ° ±1.5 ±1.0
SSD Allowable absorbed energy J 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639
Note: Value when stroke is 0 mm (except for piston rod deflection)
CAT

MDC2 Stroke
Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
Standard stroke
MVC Bore size (mm) Without Without bellows
(mm) With bellows Bellows “J”
bellows Bellows “L”
SMG ø20
25/50/75/100/
ø25
MSD/ 150/200/250/ 750 650 5 25
ø32
MSDG 300
ø40
FC* *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
*2: One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.
*3: Contact CKD when stroke shorter than 25 mm is required for “J” bellows.
STK

SRL3 Min. stroke with switch (Unit: mm)

Switch quantity 1 2 3
SRG3 Proximity Reed Proximity Reed Proximity Reed
Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8
SRM3 ø20 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRT3 ø32 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
MRL2 *1: Up to 3 switches can be mounted.

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

166
CMK2-M Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed CMK2
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programming controller, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable
Applications relay, compact solenoid valve
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA SCA2
LED LED Red/green Red/green LED Yellow Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON)
CKV2
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC,
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 COVP/N2
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD

CAT

MDC2
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)

Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 00mm Switch Switch rail + Additional MVC
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Eye bracket Clevis Clevis bracket Trunnion weight weight per
Bore size (mm) band weight
(00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (CA) (CC) (CB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc.) S = 10 mm SMG
ø20 0.17 0.32 0.25 0.23 0.32 0.18 0.32 0.22 0.005 0.01
Refer to the weight MSD/
ø25 0.26 0.52 0.39 0.41 0.50 0.26 0.50 0.36 0.005 0.01 MSDG
in the switch
ø32 0.30 0.56 0.43 0.45 0.54 0.30 0.54 0.40 0.009 0.02
specifications. FC*
ø40 0.48 0.74 0.61 0.63 0.72 0.50 0.72 0.64 0.009 0.02

Product weight when S = 00mm .....0.45 kg


Product stroke (50) STK
Additional weight when S = 50mm.......Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02x =0.10 kg
(Example) Product weight of CMK2-M-FA-32-50-T0H-D 10
Weight of 2 switches......................0.036 kg
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands......0.018 kg SRL3
Product weight...............................0.45kg + 0.1 kg + 0.036 kg + 0.018 kg = 0.604kg
SRG3

SRM3

Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N)


SRT3

Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa


MRL2
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102
ø20 MRG2
Pull 23.6 35.3 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x102 1.41x102 1.65x102 1.88x102 2.12x102 2.36x102
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x102 1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102 SM‑25
ø25
Pull 37.8 56.7 75.6 1.13x102 1.51x102 1.89x102 2.27x102 2.64x102 3.02x102 3.40x102 3.78x102
Push 80.4 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102 ShkAbs
ø32
Pull 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102
Push 1.26x102 1.88x102 2.51x102 3.77x102 5.03x102 6.28x102 7.54x102 8.80x102 1.01x103 1.13x103 1.26x103 FJ
ø40 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
Pull 1.10x10 1.65x10 2.21x10 3.31x10 4.41x10 5.51x10 6.62x10 7.72x10 8.82x10 9.92x10 1.10x10
FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

167
CMK2-M Series
SCP*3 How to order Code Description
A Mounting
No switch (built-in magnet for switch) 00 Basic
CMK2 CMK2-M 00 20 100 V I LB Axial foot (Both sides)
LS Axial foot (One side)
With switch (built-in magnet for switch)
CMA2 FA Rod side flange
CMK2-M 00 20 100 T0H R V I FB Head side flange
SCM CA Eye bracket
A Mounting CC Eye bracket integrated
SCG *1 CC1 Eye bracket, bush pressfit
CB Clevis bracket (pin and split washer pin included)
SCA2 TA Rod side trunnion
TB Head side trunnion
SCS2 B Bore size (mm)
B Bore size
20 ø20 *9
CKV2 25 ø25 *9
32 ø32
CAV2/ 40 ø40
COVP/N2 C Port thread
C Port thread Blank Rc thread
SSD2
NN NPT thread (made-to-order product)
GN G thread (made-to-order product)
SSG
D Stroke (mm)
D Stroke Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
SSD
ø20 5 to 750
ø25 5 to 750 In 1 mm
CAT
ø32 5 to 750 increments
ø40 5 to 750
MDC2
E Switch model No.
Precautions for model No. selection E Switch model No.

Contact
Axial Radial Voltage Lead
MVC lead wire AC DC
Indicator
wire
*1 : One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm. lead wire
*2 : For the min. stroke with switch and the max. and T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
Reed
SMG min. strokes with bellows, refer to page 166. T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
*3 : The compatible tube O.D. of F (with push-in fitting
T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
MSD/ (straight)) and FE (with push-in fitting (elbow)) is ø6.
MSDG *4 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the temperature T1H* T1V*
2-wire
when sparks and cutting chips, etc., instantaneously T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
FC* contact the bellows. T3H* T3V* 3-wire
Proximity

*5 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED 3-wire
*6 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom
STK T2WH* T2WV*
specifications of rod end form. 2-wire
*7 : Refer to page 84 for combination of variations/ T2YH* T2YV*
2-color LED
SRL3 options. T3WH* T3WV*
*8 : Up to three switches can be installed. If four or more 3-wire
T3YH* T3YV*
switches are required, switch mounting brackets for the
T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
SRG3 extra switches must be prepared separately.
*9 : For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel as * Lead wire length
standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If a stainless Blank 1 m (standard)
SRM3 steel rod nut is necessary, select the “M” option code. 3 3 m (option)
5 5 m (option)
SRT3 F Switch quantity
F Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
MRL2 *8 H 1 on head side
D 2
MRG2 T 3
[Example of model No.]
G Option
SM‑25 CMK2-M-00-20-100-T0H-R-VI G Option
Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
*3, *4
Model: Medium bore size cylinder, double acting/rotation-stop J Bellows 100°C 200°C
ShkAbs L Bellows 250°C 400°C
A Mounting : Basic
B Bore size : ø20 mm F With push-in fitting (straight)
FJ C Port thread : Rc thread FE With push-in fitting (elbow)
D Stroke : 100 mm V Boss cutoff
FK E Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *9
F Switch quantity : 1 on rod side H Accessory
Spd G Option : Boss cutoff H Accessory I Rod eye
Contr H Accessory : Rod eye *5 Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
B2 Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)
Ending

168
CMK2-M Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set Switch body only Mounting bracket set

CMK2 T0H 20 SW T0H CMK2 T 20 CMK2

Bore size (Item B on page 168) Bore size (‌Item B on page 168) CMA2
Switch model No. (Item E on page 168) Switch model No. (Item E on page 168) Mounting bracket
SCM

SCG

How to order mounting bracket SCA2


Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Mounting bracket SCS2
Basic (00) *3 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30
Axial foot (LB/LS) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 CKV2
Flange (FA/FB) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30
Trunnion (TA) M1-TA-20 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-40 CAV2/
COVP/N2
Eye bracket (CA) M1-CA-20 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30
Clevis bracket (CB) M1-CB-20 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 SSD2
*1 : Regarding mounting brackets, mounting nuts and toothed washers are supplied with the axial foot and flange. The trunnion includes mounting nuts.
*2 : For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of “M1-LB-*” in the table above are required.
SSG
*3 : Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

169
CMK2-M Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list

CMK2

CMA2

SCM

SCG

SCA2
1 2 18 19 3 16 17 4 5 20 21 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2

SSD2

SSG

SSD

CAT

MDC2
Cannot be disassembled
MVC

‌Note: This product is caulked and cannot be disassembled.


SMG
No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
MSD/ 1 Rod nut Steel Zinc chromate 14 Hexagon nut Steel Zinc chromate
MSDG 2 Piston rod Stainless steel 15 Spacer Steel Zinc chromate

FC* 3 Rod packing Nitrile rubber 16 Nut Steel Zinc chromate


4 Bush ø20: Dry bearing 17 Toothed washer Steel Zinc chromate

STK ø25, ø32, ø40: Copper-based 18 Round R snap ring Steel Zinc phosphate
5 Rod cover Aluminum alloy 19 Packing holder Steel Zinc chromate

SRL3 6 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 20 Rotation-stop bush Copper-based oil impregnated alloy
7 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber 21 Taper pin Stainless steel

SRG3 8 Piston A Aluminum alloy


9 Piston packing Nitrile rubber
SRM3 10 Magnet Plastic
11 Wear ring Polyacetal
SRT3 12 Piston B Aluminum alloy
13 Head cover Aluminum alloy
MRL2
Material of mounting bracket
MRG2 Mounting Material Note : Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product.
LB/LS Steel However, if the product is supplied with bellows and the indicated bracket is LB, FA, or TA, it will be shipped
assembled.
SM‑25 FA/FB Steel
TA/TB Steel
ShkAbs CA Steel
CB Steel
FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

170
CMK2-M Series
Double acting/rotation-stop
Dimensions SCP*3
Basic (00)
CMK2

CMA2
X + stroke
A WF LL + stroke V
SCM
HA C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16 K
P1 8 RD HD 8
SCG
P 2-Rc1/8
T

øMM
SCA2
(Pθ)

SCS2

øF
8

MT KK
MB
Width across flats B CKV2

øD
10 10 MB
Rod cross-section
XF CAV2/
2 widths across flats U COVP/N2
X + stroke
16 SSD2
X+ + stroke 8
A WF +
SSG
b

SSD
ød

CAT
XE + stroke
MDC2
[With bellows] [Boss cutoff type]
MVC

*1 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches. SMG
RD: Rod side max. sensitivity position *2 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.
HD: Head side max. sensitivity position MSD/
Code MSDG
A B C D F HA K KK LL MB MM MT T U V WF X XE XF
Bore size (mm)
FC*
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 26 12 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 8 5 24 14 24 124 80 44
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 10 6 30 16 23 131 85 46
STK
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 10 6 34 16 23 131 85 46
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 35 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 12 7 43 16 23 137 89 48
SRL3
With switch With bellows Boss cutoff type
Code
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W SRG3
P P1 (Pθ)° b d X XE
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6 110 66 SRM3
ø25 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115 69
ø32 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115 69 SRT3
ø40 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 121 73

MRL2
* ‌Dimensions of other mountings are the same as those of the standard. Refer to pages 92 to 97.
MRG2
* For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98.
SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

171
Medium bore size cylinder Double acting/built-in speed controller

CMK2-Z Series
SCP*3 Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2

CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2-Z
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/built-in speed controller
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.1 (≈15 psi, 1 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
CAV2/ Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
COVP/N2 Port size Rc 1/8
0 (Up to 200), 0 (More than 200)
+2.0 +2.4
Stroke tolerance mm
SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 300
Cushion Rubber cushion
SSG Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil class 1 ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639
SSD

CAT Stroke
Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
Standard stroke
MDC2 Bore size (mm) Without With Without bellows
(mm) Bellows “J”
bellows bellows Bellows “L”
MVC ø20
25/50/75/100/
ø25
SMG 150/200/250/ 750 650 5 25
ø32
300
ø40
MSD/
MSDG *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
*2: One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.
FC* *3: Contact CKD when stroke shorter than 25 mm is required for “J” bellows.

STK Min. stroke with switch (Unit: mm)


1 2 3
SRL3 Switch quantity
Proximity Reed Proximity Reed Proximity Reed
Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8
SRG3
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø25 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRM3
ø32 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø40 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRT3
*1: Up to 3 switches can be mounted.

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

172
CMK2-Z Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed CMK2
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programming controller, relay, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable
Applications compact solenoid valve
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA SCA2
LED LED Red/green Red/green LED Yellow Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON)
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC,
CKV2
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 COVP/N2
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD

CAT

MDC2
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)

Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch Switch rail Additional MVC
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Eye bracket Clevis Clevis bracket Trunnion weight + band weight per
Bore size (mm) (00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (CA) (CC) (CB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc.) weight S = 10 mm SMG
ø20 0.18 0.33 0.26 0.24 0.33 0.19 0.33 0.23 0.005 0.01 MSD/
Refer to the weight
ø25 0.28 0.54 0.41 0.43 0.52 0.28 0.52 0.38 0.005 0.01 MSDG
in the switch
ø32 0.32 0.58 0.45 0.47 0.56 0.32 0.56 0.42 0.009 0.02
specifications. FC*
ø40 0.51 0.77 0.64 0.66 0.75 0.53 0.75 0.67 0.009 0.02
(Example) Product weight of CMK2-Z-FA-32-50-T0H-D Product weight when S = 0 mm....0.47 kg
Product stroke (50) STK
Additional weight when S = 50mm.......Additional weight when S = 10mm 0.02 x = 0.10 kg
10
Weight of 2 switches ....................0.036 kg
SRL3
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands ....0.018 kg
Product weight..............................0.47 kg + 0.1 kg + 0.036 kg + 0.018 kg = 0.624 kg SRG3

SRM3

SRT3
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N)
MRL2
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa
(mm) direction 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 MRG2
Push 31.4 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102
ø20
Pull 23.6 35.3 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x102 1.41x102 1.65x102 1.88x102 2.12x102 2.36x102 SM‑25
2 2
Push 49.1 73.6 98.2 1.47x10 1.96x10 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102
ø25
Pull 37.8 56.7 75.6 1.13x102 1.51x102 1.89x102 2.27x102 2.64x102 3.02x102 3.40x102 3.78x102 ShkAbs
Push 80.4 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102
ø32
Pull 69.1 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102 FJ
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
Push 1.26x10 1.88x10 2.51x10 3.77x10 5.03x10 6.28x10 7.54x10 8.80x10 1.01x10 1.13x10 1.26x10
ø40 FK
Pull 1.10x102 1.65x102 2.21x102 3.31x102 4.41x102 5.51x102 6.62x102 7.72x102 8.82x102 9.92x102 1.10x103
Spd
Contr

Ending

173
CMK2-Z Series
SCP*3
How to order Code Description
A Mounting
No switch (built-in magnet for switch) 00 Basic
CMK2 CMK2-Z 00 20 100 V Y LB Axial foot (Both sides)
LS Axial foot (One side)
With switch (built-in magnet for switch)
CMA2 FA Rod side flange
CMK2-Z 00 20 100 T0H R V Y FB Head side flange
SCM CA Eye bracket
CC Eye bracket integrated
CC1 Eye bracket, bush pressfit
SCG A Mounting
CB Clevis bracket (pin and split washer pin included)
*1
TA Rod side trunnion
SCA2 TB Head side trunnion
B Bore size (mm)
SCS2 B Bore size 20 ø20 *9
25 ø25 *9
CKV2 32 ø32
40 ø40
CAV2/
COVP/N2 C Port thread
C Port thread Blank Rc thread
SSD2 NN NPT thread (made-to-order product)
GN G thread (made-to-order product)
SSG D Stroke (mm)
D Stroke Bore size Stroke *2 Bore size
SSD ø20 5 to 750
ø25 5 to 750 In 1 mm
CAT ø32 5 to 750 increments
ø40 5 to 750

MDC2 E Switch model No.


E Switch model No.

Reed Contact
Axial Radial Voltage Lead
Indicator
lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
MVC
T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
Precautions for model No. selection T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
SMG T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
*1 : One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.
T1H* T1V*
MSD/ *2 : For the min. stroke with switch and the max. and 2-wire
MSDG min. strokes with bellows, refer to page 172. T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
*3 : The compatible tube O.D. of F (with push-in fitting T3H* T3V*
(straight)) and FE (with push-in fitting (elbow)) is ø6. 3-wire
Proximity

FC* *4 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the temperature


T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
when sparks, cutting chips, etc., instantaneously T2WH* T2WV*
2-wire
STK contact the bellows. T2YH* T2YV*
2-color LED
*5 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. T3WH* T3WV*
*6 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom 3-wire
T3YH* T3YV*
SRL3 specifications of rod end form. T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
*7 : Refer to page 84 for combination of variations/
options. * Lead wire length
SRG3 *8 : Up to three switches can be installed. If four or more Blank 1 m (standard)
switches are required, switch mounting brackets for the 3 3 m (option)
SRM3 extra switches must be prepared separately. 5 5 m (option)
*9 : For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel as
standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If a stainless F Switch quantity
SRT3 F Switch quantity
steel rod nut is necessary, select the “M” option code. R 1 on rod side
*8 H 1 on head side
MRL2 D 2
T 3
MRG2 G Option
G Option Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
*3, *4 J Bellows 100°C 200°C
SM‑25 [Example of model No.]
L Bellows 250°C 400°C
CMK2-Z-00-20-100-T0H-R-VY F With push-in fitting (straight)
ShkAbs
Model: Medium bore size cylinder, double acting/built-in FE With push-in fitting (elbow)
speed controller M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *9
FJ V Boss cutoff
A Mounting : Basic
P6 Copper and PTFE free (made-to-order product)
B Bore size : ø20 mm
FK C Port thread H Accessory
: Rc thread
H Accessory I Rod eye
D Stroke : 100 mm
Spd *5
Contr E Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m
Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
F Switch quantity : 1 on rod side B2 Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)

Ending G Option : Boss cutoff


H Accessory : Rod clevis
174
CMK2-Z Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set Switch body only Mounting bracket set

CMK2 T0H 20 SW T0H CMK2 T 20 CMK2

Bore size (Item B on page 174) Bore size (‌Item B on page 174) CMA2
Switch model No. (Item E on page 174) Switch model No. (Item E on page 174) Mounting bracket
SCM

SCG
How to order mounting bracket SCA2
Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Mounting bracket SCS2
Basic (00) *3 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30
Axial foot (LB/LS) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 CKV2
Flange (FA/FB) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30
Trunnion (TA/TB) M1-TA-20 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-40 CAV2/
COVP/N2
Eye bracket (CA) M1-CA-20 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30
Clevis bracket (CB) M1-CB-20 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 SSD2
*1: ‌Regarding mounting brackets, mounting nuts and toothed washers are supplied with the axial foot and flange. The trunnion includes mounting nuts.
*2: For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of “M1-LB-*” in the table above are required.
SSG
*3: Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

175
CMK2-Z Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list

CMK2

CMA2
1 2 3 6 5 4 9 7 8

SCM

SCG

SCA2

SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/ Cannot be disassembled
COVP/N2

SSD2 Note: This product is caulked and cannot be disassembled.


No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
SSG 1 Check packing Nitrile rubber 5 Needle holder Steel Zinc chromate
2 Packing adaptor Carbon steel Chromate 6 Needle Steel Zinc chromate
SSD 3 Check ball holder Steel Zinc chromate 7 Check ball retainer Carbon steel Black finish
4 Hexagon nut Steel Zinc chromate 8 Urethane ball Urethane rubber
CAT 9 Needle gasket Nitrile rubber

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

176
CMK2-Z Series
Double acting/built-in speed controller
Dimensions SCP*3
Basic (00)
CMK2

X + stroke CMA2
A WF LL + stroke V
ø32, 40 G SCM
C V 16 GC 30.5 30.5 GD 16 K
P1 P 8 RD HD 8
) SCG
(L T

øMM
SCA2
(Pθ)

2-Rc1/8

øF
SCS2
8

KK
MB
Width across flats B

øD
HA 10 10 MB CKV2

2 widths across flats U CAV2/


X+ + stroke COVP/N2
A WF + X + stroke
16 SSD2
b
ø20, 25 G
8
SSG

SSD
ød

CAT
[With bellows] [Boss cutoff]
MDC2

MVC
*1 : Refer to page 198 for HD, RD and protruding dimensions of T1*, T8* and 2-color LED switches.
RD: Rod side max. sensitivity position *2 : For the dimension, round up below the decimal point.
HD: Head side max. sensitivity position SMG
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions MSD/
Bore size (mm) A B C D F G HA K KK L LL MB MM T U V WF X MSDG
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 70° 26 12 M 8x1.0 23 66 M18x1.5 10 5 24 14 24 124
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 60° 35 14 M10x1.25 26 69 M26x1.5 12 6 30 16 23 131 FC*
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 50° 35 14 M10x1.25 27 69 M26x1.5 12 6 34 16 23 131
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 50° 35 14 M12x1.5 31 73 M26x1.5 14 7 43 16 23 137 STK
With switch With bellows Boss cutoff
Code SRL3
T0, T5, T2, T3 T2W, T3W
P P1 (Pθ)° b d X
Bore size (mm) GC GD RD HD GC GD RD HD
ø20 4 3 8 7 6 5 10 9 17.3 19.5 22 30 30 (Stroke/3) + 6 110
SRG3
ø25 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 19.8 22.0 18 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115
ø32 5.5 4.5 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 24.3 25.5 15 32 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 115
SRM3
ø40 7.5 6.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 13.5 12.5 28.3 29.5 12 34 46 (Stroke/3.25) + 7 121
SRT3
* ‌Dimensions of other mountings are the same as those of the standard. Refer to pages 92 to 97. MRL2
* For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98.
MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

177
Medium bore size cylinder
double acting/low hydraulic

SCP*3
CMK2-H Series
Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
Double acting cylinder single rod
JIS symbol
CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2-H
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/low hydraulic
Working fluid Hydraulic fluid
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.15 (≈22 psi, 1.5 bar)
CKV2 Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
Ambient temperature °C 5 (41°F) to 50 (122°F)
CAV2/
COVP/N2 Port size Rc 1/8
0 (Up to 200), 0 (More than 200)
+2.0 +2.4
Stroke tolerance mm
SSD2 Working piston speed mm/s 5 to 300
Cushion Rubber cushion
SSG Lubrication Not required
Allowable absorbed energy J 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639
SSD The product weight, thrust and dimensions are the same as those of CMK2 (standard).

CAT
Stroke
MDC2 Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
Standard stroke
Bore size (mm) Without With No bellows Bellows
(mm)
MVC bellows bellows Bellows “L” “J”
ø20
25/50/75/100/
SMG ø25
150/200/250/ 750 650 5 25
ø32
MSD/ 300
ø40
MSDG
*1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.
*2: One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.
FC* *3: Contact CKD when stroke shorter than 25 mm is required for “J” bellows.

STK
Min. stroke with switch (Unit: mm)
SRL3 1 2 3
Switch quantity
Proximity Reed Proximity Reed Proximity Reed
SRG3 Bore size (mm) T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8 T2, T3 T2W, T3W T1, T*Y* T0, T5 T8
ø20 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRM3 ø25 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
ø32 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
SRT3 ø40 10 25 30 35 25 35 50 55 55 50 55
*1: Up to 3 switches can be mounted.
MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

178
CMK2-H Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
1-color/2-color LED
2-wire proximity
2-wire proximity 3-wire proximity 2-wire reed CMK2
Item T2H/T2V/ T2YH/ T2WH/ T3H/ T3PH/ T3YH/ T3WH/
T1H/T1V T0H/T0V T5H/T5V T8H/T8V
T2JH/T2JV T2YV T2WV T3V T3PV T3YV T3WV CMA2
For programming controller relay, Dedicated for For programmable For programmable For programmable controller, For programmable
Applications compact solenoid valve
programmable controller controller, relay controller, relay relay (no lamp), serial controller, relay SCM
Output method - NPN output PNP output NPN output NPN output -
Pwr. supp. V. - 10 to 28 VDC - SCG
Load voltage 85 to 265 VAC 10 to 30 VDC 24 VDC ±10% 30 VDC or less 12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 5/12/24 VDC 100/110 VAC 12/24 VDC 110 VAC 220 VAC
Load current 5 to 100 mA 5 to 20 mA (*3) 100 mA or less 50 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 50 mA or less 20 mA or less 5 to 50 mA 7 to 20 mA 7 to 10 mA SCA2
LED LED Red/green Red/green LED Yellow Red/green Red/green
LED No indicator LED SCS2
Indicator (Lit when (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit (Lit when LED (Lit LED (Lit LED (Lit
(Lit when ON) lamp (Lit when ON)
ON) ON) when ON) when ON) ON) when ON) when ON) when ON)
Leakage ≤ 1 mA at 100 VAC,
CKV2
1 mA or less 10 μA or less 0 mA
current ≤ 2 mA at 200 VAC CAV2/
1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:18 1 m:33 1 m:18 1 m:33 COVP/N2
Weight g 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 3 m:49 3 m:87 3 m:49 1 m:18 3 m:49 5 m:80 3 m:87
SSD2
5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:80 5 m:142 5 m:80 5 m:142
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SSG
*2: Switches other than the above models, such as switches with connectors, are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) SSD

CAT

MDC2
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)

Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch Switch rail Additional MVC
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Eye bracket Clevis Clevis bracket Trunnion weight + band weight per
Bore size (mm) (00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (CA) (CC) (CB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc.) weight S = 10 mm SMG
ø20 0.17 0.32 0.25 0.23 0.32 0.18 0.32 0.22 0.005 0.01
Refer to the weight MSD/
ø25 0.26 0.52 0.39 0.41 0.50 0.26 0.50 0.36 0.005 0.01
in the switch MSDG
ø32 0.30 0.56 0.43 0.45 0.54 0.30 0.54 0.40 0.009 0.02
specifications.
ø40 0.48 0.74 0.61 0.63 0.72 0.50 0.72 0.64 0.009 0.02 FC*
Product weight when S = 0 mm.....0.45 kg
Product stroke (50) STK
Additional weight when S = 50mm.....Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02x =0.10 kg
10
(Example) Product weight of CMK2-H-FA-32-50-T0H-D Weight of 2 switches .....................0.036 kg SRL3
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands .....0.018 kg
Product weight ............................ 0.45 kg+0.1 kg+0.036 kg+0.018 kg=0.604 kg
SRG3

SRM3

SRT3
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N)
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa MRL2
(mm) direction 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Push 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102 MRG2
ø20 2 2 2 2 2
Pull 35.3 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x10 1.41x10 1.65x10 1.88x10 2.12x10 2.36x102
Push 73.6 98.2 1.47x102 1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102 SM‑25
ø25 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Pull 56.7 75.6 1.13x10 1.51x10 1.89x10 2.27x10 2.64x10 3.02x10 3.40x10 3.78x102
Push 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102 ShkAbs
ø32
Pull 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 FJ
Push 1.88x10 2.51x10 3.77x10 5.03x10 6.28x10 7.54x10 8.80x10 1.01x10 1.13x10 1.26x103
ø40
Pull 1.65x102 2.21x102 3.31x102 4.41x102 5.51x102 6.62x102 7.72x102 8.82x102 9.92x102 1.10x103
FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

179
CMK2-H Series
SCP*3 How to order Code Description
A Mounting
No switch (built-in magnet for switch) 00 Basic
CMK2 LB Axial foot (Both sides)
CMK2-H 00 20 100 V I
LS Axial foot (One side)
CMA2 With switch (built-in magnet for switch) FA Rod side flange
CMK2-H 00 20 100 T0H R V I FB Head side flange
SCM CA Eye bracket
CC Eye bracket integrated
SCG A Mounting CC1 Eye bracket, bush pressfit
*1 CB Clevis bracket (pin and split washer pin included)
TA Rod side trunnion
SCA2 TB Head side trunnion
B Bore size (mm)
SCS2 B Bore size 20 ø20 *8
25 ø25 *8
CKV2 32 ø32
40 ø40
CAV2/
COVP/N2 C Port thread
C Port thread Blank Rc thread
SSD2 NN NPT thread (made-to-order product)
GN G thread (made-to-order product)
SSG D Stroke (mm)
D Stroke Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
SSD ø20 5 to 750
ø25 5 to 750 In 1 mm
CAT ø32 5 to 750 increments
ø40 5 to 750
MDC2 E Switch model No.
E Switch model No.

Reed Contact
Axial Radial Voltage Lead
Indicator
lead wire lead wire AC DC wire
MVC
T0H* T0V* 1-color LED
T5H* T5V* No indicator lamp 2-wire
SMG T8H* T8V* 1-color LED
MSD/ Precautions for model No. selection T1H* T1V*
2-wire
MSDG *1 : One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm. T2H* T2V* 1-color LED
T3H* T3V*
*2 : For the min. stroke with switch and the max. and 3-wire
Proximity

FC* min. strokes with bellows, refer to page 178. T3PH* T3PV* 1-color LED
*3 : The instantaneous max. temperature is the temperature T2WH* T2WV*
when sparks and cutting chips, etc., instantaneously
2-wire
STK T2YH* T2YV*
contact the bellows. 2-color LED
T3WH* T3WV*
*4 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. 3-wire
T3YH* T3YV*
SRL3 *5 : Refer to Ending Page 85 for custom
specifications of rod end form. T2JH* T2JV* 1-color LED off-delay 2-wire
*6 : Refer to page 84 for combination of variations/ * Lead wire length
SRG3 options. Blank 1 m (standard)
*7 : Up to three switches can be installed. If four or more 3 3 m (option)
SRM3 switches are required, switch mounting brackets for the
5 5 m (option)
extra switches must be prepared separately.
*8 : For 20 or 25 bore size, the rod is stainless steel as F Switch quantity
SRT3 standard and the rod nut is zinc chromate. If a stainless F Switch quantity R 1 on rod side
steel rod nut is necessary, select the “M” option code. *7 H 1 on head side
MRL2 D 2
T 3
MRG2 G Option
G Option Max. ambient temp. Instantaneous max. temp.
SM‑25 [Example of model No.] *3 J Bellows 100°C 200°C
L Bellows 250°C 400°C
CMK2-H-00-20-100-T0H-R-VI M Piston rod material (stainless steel) *8
ShkAbs
Model: Medium bore size cylinder, double acting/ V Boss cutoff
low hydraulic P6 Copper and PTFE free
FJ
A Mounting : Basic H Accessory
B Bore size : ø20 mm H Accessory I Rod eye
FK C Port thread : Rc thread *4 Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
D Stroke : 100 mm B2 Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)
Spd
Contr E Switch model No. : Reed T0H switch, lead wire 1 m
F Switch quantity : 1 on rod side
G Option : Boss cutoff
Ending
H Accessory : Rod eye
180
CMK2-H Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set Switch body only Mounting bracket set

CMK2 T0H 20 SW T0H CMK2 T 20 CMK2

Bore size (Item B on page 180) Bore size (‌Item E on page 180) CMA2
Switch model No. (Item E on page 180) Switch model No. (Item E on page 180) Mounting bracket
SCM

SCG
How to order mounting bracket SCA2
Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Mounting bracket SCS2
Basic (00) *3 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30
Axial foot (LB/LS) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30 CKV2
Flange (FA/FB) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30
Trunnion (TA/TB) M1-TA-20 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-40 CAV2/
COVP/N2
Eye bracket (CA) M1-CA-20 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30
Clevis bracket (CB) M1-CB-20 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 SSD2
*1: ‌Regarding mounting brackets, mounting nuts and toothed washers are supplied with the axial foot and flange. The trunnion includes mounting nuts.
*2: For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of “M1-LB-*” in the table above are required.
*3: Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.
SSG

SSD

CAT

Internal structure MDC2

Same as standard. Refer to page 90. MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG
Dimensions
FC*
Same as standard. Refer to pages 91 to 97.
STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

181
Medium bore size cylinder, double acting/coolant proof

CMK2-G2/G3 Series
SCP*3 Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2

SCM
Specifications
SCG Item CMK2-G2/G3
Bore size mm ø 20 ø 25 ø 32 ø 40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/coolant proof
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressureMPa 1.0 (≈150 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressureMPa 0.15 (≈22 psi, 1.5 bar)
CKV2
Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈230 psi, 16 bar)
CAV2/ Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
COVP/N2 Port size Rc1/8
SSD2 Stroke tolerance mm +2.0
0 (0 to 200) +2.4
0 (More than 200)
Working piston speed mm/s 50 to 500
SSG Cushion Rubber cushion
Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil class 1 ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
SSD Allowable absorbed energy J 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639

CAT

MDC2
Stroke
MVC
Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
Min. stroke
SMG Bore size (mm) Standard stroke (mm)
Without With Without With with switch (mm)
MSD/ bellows bellows bellows bellows
MSDG

FC* ø 20,ø 25, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, Not Not
750 5 25
ø 32,ø 40 200, 250, 300 supported supported
STK

*1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.


SRL3
*2: One side type (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm.

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

182
CMK2-G2/G3 Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
Type/model No. Proximity switch specifications
Item T2YLH/T2YLV T3YLH/T3YLV CMK2
Applications Dedicated for programmable controller Programmable controller, relay
Output method - NPN output CMA2
Power supply voltage - 10 to 28 VDC
Load voltage/current 10 to 30 VDC, 5 to 20 mA *3 30 VDC or less, 50 mA or less SCM
Indicator Red/green LED (Lit when ON)
SCG
Leakage current 1mA or less 10 μA or less
Shock resistance 980 m / S2
SCA2
Weight g 1 m:33 3 m:87 5 m:142
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SCS2
*2: Switches with connectors are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : The max. load current is 20 mA at 25°C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
Cylinder weight (Unit: kg)

Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch Additional SSD2


Switch rail
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Eye bracket Clevis Clevis bracket Trunnion weight weight per
+ band weight
Bore size (mm) (00) (LB) (LS) (FA/FB) (CA) (CC) (CB) (TA/TB) (per 1 pc.) S = 10 mm SSG
ø20 0.21 0.36 0.29 0.27 0.36 0.22 0.36 0.26 0.005 0.01
Refer to the weight SSD
ø25 0.27 0.53 0.40 0.42 0.51 0.27 0.51 0.37 0.005 0.01
in the switch
ø32 0.31 0.57 0.44 0.46 0.55 0.31 0.55 0.41 0.009 0.02
specifications. CAT
ø40 0.49 0.75 0.62 0.64 0.73 0.51 0.73 0.65 0.009 0.02

(Example) ‌Product weight of CMK2-G2-FA-32-50-T2YL-D Product weight when S = 0 mm .... 0.45 kg MDC2
Product stroke (50)
Additional weight when S = 50mm ............. Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02x = 0.10 kg
10
Weight of 2 switches ..................... 0.062 kg MVC
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands ..... 0.018 kg
Product weight .............................. 0.45 kg+0.1 kg+0.062 kg+0.018 kg=0.63 kgn SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC*
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N)
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa STK
(mm) direction 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Push 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102 SRL3
ø20
Pull 35.3 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x10 2
1.41x10 2
1.65x10 2
1.88x10 2
2.12x10 2
2.36x10 2

SRG3
Push 73.6 98.2 1.47x102 1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102
ø25
Pull 56.7 75.6 1.13x102 1.51x102 1.89x102 2.27x102 2.64x102 3.02x102 3.40x102 3.78x102
SRM3
Push 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102
ø32
Pull 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102
SRT3
Push 1.88x10 2
2.51x10 2
3.77x10 2
5.03x10 2
6.28x10 2
7.54x10 2
8.80x10 2
1.01x10 3
1.13x10 3
1.26x103
ø40
Pull 1.65x102 2.21x102 3.31x102 4.41x102 5.51x102 6.62x102 7.72x102 8.82x102 9.92x102 1.10x103 MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

183
CMK2-G2/G3 Series
SCP*3
How to order
No switch (built-in magnet for switch)
CMK2 CMK2 G2 00 20 100 Y
With switch (built-in magnet for switch)
CMA2 CMK2 G2 00 20 100 T2YLH R Y
SCM

SCG Code Description


A Degree of protection level
SCA2 A Degree of G2 Coolant proof scraper + packing NBR
protection level
G3 Coolant proof scraper + packing FKM
SCS2 B Mounting
B Mounting
00 Basic
*1
CKV2 LB Axial foot (Both sides)
LS Axial foot (One side)
CAV2/
COVP/N2 FA Rod side flange
FB Head side flange
SSD2 CA Eye bracket
CC Eye bracket integrated
SSG CC1 Eye bracket bush pressfit
CB Clevis bracket (pin and split washer pin included)
TA Rod side trunnion
SSD
TB Head side trunnion

CAT C Bore size (mm)


C Bore size
20 ø20
25 ø25
MDC2
32 ø32
40 ø40
MVC
D Port thread
D Port thread
Blank Rc thread
SMG
NN NPT thread (made-to-order product)
MSD/ GN G thread (made-to-order product)
MSDG E Stroke (mm)
E Stroke
Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
FC*
ø20 5 to 750
ø25 5 to 750 In 1 mm
STK ø32 5 to 750 increments
ø40 5 to 750
SRL3
F Switch model No.
F Switch model No.
Axial Radial Lead
SRG3 * indicates the lead Contact Voltage Indicator
Precautions for model No. selection wire length. lead wire lead wire wire
*1 : One side foot (LS) has the max. stroke of 50 mm. T2YLH* T2YLV* 2-color 2-wire
SRM3 Proximity DC
*2 : Refer to page 182 for the min. stroke with switch. T3YLH* T3YLV* LED 3-wire
*3 : “I” and “Y” cannot be selected together. * Lead wire length
SRT3 *4 : Refer to page 84 for combinations of variations/ Blank 1 m (standard)
options.
*5 : Up to three switches can be installed. If four or more
3 3 m (option)
MRL2 switches are required, switch mounting brackets for the 5 5 m (option)
extra switches must be prepared separately. G Switch quantity
MRG2 G Switch quantity
R 1 on rod side
*5
H 1 on head side
SM‑25 [Example of model No.] D 2
T 3
ShkAbs CMK2-G2-FA-32-100-T2YLH-R-Y H Accessory
Model: Medium bore size cylinder Accessory
H I Rod eye
A Degree of protection level : ‌Coolant proof scraper + packing *3
FJ Y Rod clevis (pin and split washer pin included)
NBR
B2 Clevis bracket (pin and snap ring included)
B Mounting : Rod side flange
FK C Bore size : ø32 mm
D Port thread : Rc thread
Spd E Stroke : 100 mm
Contr
F Switch model No. :P ‌ roximity switch T2YLH, lead wire 1 m
G Switch quantity : 1 on rod side
Ending H Accessory : Rod clevis

184
CMK2-G2/G3 Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set

CMK2 T2YLH 20 CMK2

CMA2
Bore size
(Item C on page 184) SCM

Switch model No. SCG


(Item F on page 184)

Mounting bracket set SCA2

CMK2 T 20 SCS2

CKV2
Bore size CAV2/
(Item C on page 184) COVP/N2
Mounting SSD2
bracket

SSG

Switch body only


SSD
SW T2YLH
CAT

MDC2
Switch model No.
(Item F on page 184)
MVC

SMG
MSD/
How to order mounting bracket MSDG
Bore size (mm)
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40 FC*
Mounting bracket
Basic (00) *4 M1-00-20 M1-00-30 M1-00-30 M1-00-30
STK
M1-LB-30
Axial foot (LB/LS) M1-LB-20 M1-LB-30 M1-LB-30
CMK2-G2-40-LS (LB rod side)
SRL3
CMK2-G2-40-FA(FA)
Flange (FA/FB) M1-FA-20 M1-FA-30 M1-FA-30
M1-FA-30(FB)
SRG3
CMK2-G2-40-TA(TA)
Trunnion (TA/TB) M1-TA-20 M1-TA-30 M1-TA-30
M1-TA-40(TB)
SRM3
Eye bracket (CA) M1-CA-20 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30 M1-CA-30
Clevis bracket (CB) M1-CB-20 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 M1-CB-30 SRT3
*1: The rod cover nut, LS bracket (LB rod side), FA bracket and TA bracket for ø40 bore size are not the standard.
*2: ‌Regarding mounting brackets, mounting nuts and toothed washers are supplied with the axial foot and flange. The trunnion includes mounting nuts.
*3: For axial foot (two-sided), 2 sets of “M1-LB-*” in the table above are required. MRL2
*4: Mounting nut, toothed washer only. Although 1 set is included with the basic of the product (00), use this when needed.
MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

185
CMK2-G2/G3 Series
SCP*3 Internal structure and parts list
Degree of protection: Packing NBR
CMK2 CMK2-G2
Degree of protection: Packing FKM
CMA2
CMK2-G3
SCM

SCG

SCA2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2
ø20
SSD2

SSG

SSD

CAT

MDC2

MVC

SMG
MSD/
MSDG

FC* 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

STK

SRL3

SRG3
ø25/ø32/ø40

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2
Cannot be disassembled
MRG2 Note: This product is caulked and cannot be disassembled.
No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
SM‑25
1 Piston rod Stainless steel Industrial chrome plating 9 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber
2 Hexagon nut Stainless steel 10 Piston A Aluminum alloy Chromate treatment
ShkAbs
3 Adaptor Aluminum alloy Chromate treatment G2 Nitrile rubber
11 Piston packing
G2 Nitrile rubber G3 Fluoro rubber
FJ 4 Scraper
G3 Fluoro rubber 12 Magnet Plastic
G2 Nitrile rubber 13 Wear ring Polyacetal
FK 5 Rod packing
G3 Fluoro rubber 14 Piston B Aluminum alloy Chromate treatment
Spd 6 Rod cover Aluminum alloy Chromate treatment 15 Spacer Steel Zinc chromate treatment
Contr ø20: DU dry bearing 16 Hexagon nut Steel Zinc chromate treatment
7 Bush
ø25, ø32, ø40: Copper-based 17 Head cover Aluminum alloy Chromate treatment
Ending 8 Cylinder tube Stainless steel

186
CMK2-G2/G3 Series
Coolant proof
Dimensions SCP*3
Basic (00) ø20
CMK2
144 + stroke
CMA2
20 24 86 + stroke 14
18 14 20 16 16 12
5 8
2-Rc1/8
8
SCM
19.5

ø21.4
ø29

ø28
SCG

ø10
22°

T2YL

SCA2
24 VDC
JAPAN

ø28
26

JAPAN
24 VDC

T2YL

SCS2
8

7
29

M8x1.0 M18x1.5 6 M18x1.5


23.
1 Width across flats 13
44 Width across flats 26 CKV2
Width across flats 27 Width across flats 24
CAV2/
COVP/N2

(Width across flats) SSD2


8

5
SSG

SSD

* Position unspecified for adapter width across flats. CAT

Basic (00) ø25/ø32/ø40 MDC2

MVC
X + stroke
A 28 LL + stroke 16 SMG
C 16 16 16 14
P1 2-Rc1/8 MSD/
T 8 8
MSDG
øD
øMM

FC*
(Pθ)

T2YL

24 VDC
JAPAN
HA

øF
JAPAN
24 VDC
STK
T2YL
8

KK SRL3
MR RD HD M26x1.5
Width across flats B
)
32

P
2 widths across flats U SRG3

25

XF

41

SRM3

SRT3
MN

(Width across flats)

MO MRL2

MRG2
*1: Toothed washer is not supplied with ø40.
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions SM‑25
Bore size (mm) A B C D F HA KK LL MM MN MO MR T U X XF
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 35 M10x1.25 69 12 10 5 M26x1.5 6 30 136 51 ShkAbs
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 35 M10x1.25 69 12 10 5 M26x1.5 6 34 136 51
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 38 M12x1.5 73 14 12 6 M30x1.5 7 43 142 53 FJ
Code With switch
Bore size (mm) RD HD P (Pθ)° P1 FK
ø25 8.5 7.5 25.6 18 22.0
Spd
ø32 8.5 7.5 30.1 15 25.5
Contr
ø40 10.5 9.5 34.1 12 29.5

Ending
* For the dimensions of the accessories, refer to page 98.
187
Small bore size cylinder double acting/exterior 100% stainless steel/water resistant

CMK2-JG2/JG3 Series
SCP*3 Bore size: ø20/ø25/ø32/ø40
CMK2
JIS symbol
CMA2

SCM
Specifications 1 MPa ≈ 145.0 psi, 1 MPa = 10 bar
SCG Item CMK2-JG2/JG3
Bore size mm ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
SCA2 Actuation Double acting/water resistant
Working fluid Compressed air
SCS2 Max. working pressure MPa 1.0 (≈145 psi, 10 bar)
Min. working pressure MPa 0.15 (≈22 psi, 2 bar)
CKV2
Proof pressure MPa 1.6 (≈232 psi, 16 bar)
CAV2/ Ambient temperature °C -10 (14°F) to 60 (140°F) (no freezing)
COVP/N2 Port size Rc 1/8
SSD2 Stroke tolerance mm +2.0
0 (0 to 200) +2.4
0 (More than 200)

Working piston speedmm/s 50 to 500


SSG Cushion Rubber cushion
Lubrication Not required (use turbine oil class 1 ISO VG32 if necessary for lubrication)
SSD Allowable absorbed energyJ 0.166 0.308 0.424 0.639

CAT

MDC2 Stroke
Min. stroke with switch
MVC Bore size (mm) Standard stroke (mm) Max. stroke (mm) Min. stroke (mm)
(mm)
SMG
ø20, ø25, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200,
750 5 25
MSD/ ø32, ø40 250, 300
MSDG

FC* *1: The custom stroke is available in 1 mm increments.


*2: One side foot (LS) has maximum stroke of 50 mm.

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

188
CMK2-JG2/JG3 Series
Specifications
Switch specifications SCP*3
Type/model No. Proximity switch specifications
Item T2YLH/T2YLV T3YLH/T3YLV CMK2
Applications Dedicated for programmable controller Programmable controller, relay
Output method − NPN output CMA2
Power supply voltage − 10 to 28 VDC
Load voltage/current 10 to 30 VDC, 5 to 20 mA *2 30 VDC or less, 50 mA or less SCM
Indicator Red/green LED (Lit when ON)
SCG
Leakage current 1 mA or less 10 μA or less
Impact resistance 980 m/S2
SCA2
Weight  g 1 m: 33 3 m: 87 5 m: 142
*1: Refer to Ending Page 1 for detailed switch specifications and dimensions. SCS2
*2: Switches with connectors are also available. Refer to Ending Page 1.
*3 : M
 ax. load current: 20 mA at 25˚C. The current is lower than 20 mA if the operating ambient temperature around the switch is higher than 25˚C.
(5 to 10 mA at 60°C) CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2

Cylinder weight (Unit: kg) SSD2

Item/mounting Product weight when stroke (S) = 0 mm Switch Switch rail Additional weight per
Basic Axial foot Axial foot Flange Eye bracket weight SSG
Bore size (mm) (per 1 pc) + Band weight S = 10 mm
(00) (LB) (LS) (FA, FB) (CC)
ø20 0.31 0.57 0.44 0.46 0.37 0.005 0.01 SSD
Refer to the weight
ø25 0.32 0.58 0.45 0.47 0.39 0.005 0.01
in the switch
ø32 0.43 0.69 0.56 0.58 0.55 0.009 0.02 CAT
specifications.
ø40 0.65 0.91 0.78 0.80 0.90 0.009 0.02
MDC2
(Example) Product weight of CMK2-JG2-FA-32-50-T2YL-D Product weight when S = 0 mm…… 0.56 kg
Product stroke (50)
Additional weight when S = 50 mm…… Additional weight when S = 10 mm 0.02 x = 0.10 kg
10 MVC
Weight of 2 switches……………… 0.062 kg
Weight of switch rail + 2 bands…… 0.018 kg
SMG
Product weight……………………… 0.56 kg + 0.1 kg + 0.062 kg + 0.018 kg = 0.74 kg
MSD/
MSDG

FC*
Theoretical thrust table (Unit: N)
Bore size Operating Working pressure MPa STK
(mm) direction 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Push 47.1 62.8 94.2 1.26x102 1.57x102 1.88x102 2.20x102 2.51x102 2.83x102 3.14x102 SRL3
ø20
Pull 35.3 47.1 70.7 94.2 1.18x10 2
1.41x10 2
1.65x10 2
1.88x10 2
2.12x10 2
2.36x10 2

SRG3
Push 73.6 98.2 1.47x102 1.96x102 2.45x102 2.95x102 3.44x102 3.93x102 4.42x102 4.91x102
ø25
Pull 56.7 75.6 1.13x102 1.51x102 1.89x102 2.27x102 2.64x102 3.02x102 3.40x102 3.78x102
SRM3
Push 1.21x102 1.61x102 2.41x102 3.22x102 4.02x102 4.83x102 5.63x102 6.43x102 7.24x102 8.04x102
ø32
Pull 1.04x102 1.38x102 2.07x102 2.76x102 3.46x102 4.15x102 4.84x102 5.53x102 6.22x102 6.91x102
SRT3
Push 1.88x10 2
2.51x10 2
3.77x10 2
5.03x10 2
6.28x10 2
7.54x10 2
8.80x10 2
1.01x10 3
1.13x10 3
1.26x103
ø40
Pull 1.65x102 2.21x102 3.31x102 4.41x102 5.51x102 6.62x102 7.72x102 8.82x102 9.92x102 1.10x103 MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

189
CMK2-JG2/JG3 Series
SCP*3
How to order
No switch
CMK2 CMK2 JG2 00 20 50
With switch
CMA2 CMK2 JG2 00 20 50 T2YL R FP1 Y
SCM

SCG Code Description


A Variation
SCA2 A Variation
JG2 Exterior 100% stainless steel + water resistant scraper + packing NBR
JG3 Exterior 100% stainless steel + water resistant scraper + packing FKM
SCS2
B Mounting
B Mounting
00 Basic
CKV2 *1
LB Axial foot (Both sides)
CAV2/ LS Axial foot (One side)
COVP/N2 FA Rod side flange
FB Head side flange
SSD2 CC Eye bracket integrated
C Bore size (mm)
SSG C Bore size
20 ø20
25 ø25
SSD 32 ø32
40 ø40
CAT
D Stroke (mm)
D Stroke
Bore size Stroke *2 Custom stroke
MDC2 ø20 5 to 750
ø25 5 to 750
MVC In 1 mm increments
ø32 5 to 750
ø40 5 to 750
SMG
E Switch model No.
E Switch model No.
MSD/ Lead wire Lead wire Lead
* indicates the lead wire Contact Voltage Indicator
MSDG Straight Radial wire
length.
T2YLH* T2YLV* 2-color 2-wire
FC* Proximity DC
T3YLH* T3YLV* LED 3-wire
* Lead wire length
STK Blank 1 m (standard)
3 3 m (option)
SRL3 5 5 m (option)
F Switch quantity
SRG3 F Switch quantity
*3 R 1 on rod side
Precautions for model No. selection H 1 on head side
SRM3 D 2
*1: O ne side foot (LS) has maximum stroke of 50 mm.
*2: Refer to page 1 for min. stroke with switch. T 3
SRT3 *3: Up to three switches can be installed. If four or more G Option
switches are required, switch mounting brackets for the G Option
extra switches must be prepared separately.
Blank Standard
MRL2 Food-grade (NSF H1) grease
*4: "I" and "Y" cannot be selected together. FP1
V Boss cutoff
MRG2
H Accessory
H Accessory
I Rod eye
SM‑25 [Example of model No.] *4
Y Rod clevis (pin and snap ring included)
CMK2-JG2-CC-32-50-T2YLH-D-FP1Y
ShkAbs Model: Small bore size cylinder
A Variation : Exterior 100% stainless steel + water resistant scraper + packing NBR
FJ B Mounting format : Eye bracket integrated
C Bore size : ø32
FK D Stroke : 50 mm
E Switch model No. : Proximity switch T2YLH, lead wire 1 m
Spd F Switch quantity : 2 pcs. included
Contr G Option : Food grade grease specification
H Accessory : Rod clevis
Ending

190
CMK2-JG2/JG3 Series
How to order
How to order switch SCP*3
Switch body + mounting bracket set

CMK2
CMK2 T2YLH 20
CMA2

Bore size SCM


(Item C on the previous page)

Switch model No. SCG


(Item E on the previous page)
SCA2
Mounting bracket set
SCS2
CMK2 T 20
CKV2
CAV2/
Bore size COVP/N2
(Item C on the previous page)
SSD2
Mounting
bracket
SSG

Switch body only SSD

SW T2YLH CAT

MDC2
Switch model No.
(Item E on the previous page) MVC

SMG
MSD/
How to order mounting brackets MSDG
Bore size (mm) FC*
ø20 ø25 ø32 ø40
Mounting bracket
CMK2-JG2-40-LS STK
Axial foot (LB, LS) CMK2-JG2-20-LS CMK2-JG2-20-LS CMK2-JG2-20-LS
CMK2-JG2-20-LS (LB head side)
SRL3
CMK2-JG2-20-FA (for FB)
Flange (FA, FB) CMK2-JG2-20-FA CMK2-JG2-20-FA CMK2-JG2-20-FA
CMK2-JG2-40-FA (for FA)
SRG3
*1: For mounting brackets, mounting nuts are included with the axial foot and flange.
*2: For axial foot (LB), two sets of the above "CMK2-JG2-*-LS" are required.
SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

191
CMK2-JG2/JG3 Series
SCP*3
Internal structure and parts list

CMK2

CMA2 19 18 20 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 15

SCM

SCG

SCA2

SCS2

CKV2
CAV2/
COVP/N2

SSD2

SSG Cannot be disassembled


SSD
Note: This product is caulked and cannot be disassembled.
CAT
No. Part name Material Remarks No. Part name Material Remarks
1 Piston rod Stainless steel Piston JG2 Nitrile rubber
MDC2 10
2 Rod nut Stainless steel Packing JG3 Fluoro rubber
JG2 Nitrile rubber 11 Magnet −
MVC 3 Scraper
JG3 Fluoro rubber 12 Wear ring Resin

SMG Rod JG2 Nitrile rubber 13 Piston B Aluminum alloy


4
Packing JG3 Fluoro rubber 14 Spacer Steel Zinc chromate
MSD/ 5 Rod cover Stainless steel 15 Hexagon nut Steel Zinc chromate
MSDG
6 Bush Dry bearing 16 Head cover Stainless steel

FC* 7 Cylinder tube Stainless steel 17 Switch − With switch only


8 Cushion rubber Urethane rubber 18 Band Stainless steel With switch only

STK 9 Piston A Aluminum alloy 19 Pan head machine screw Stainless steel With switch only
20 Switch rail Stainless steel With switch only
SRL3

SRG3

SRM3 Material of mounting bracket


Mounting Material Note: Mounting bracket will be shipped with the product.

SRT3 LB/LS Stainless steel


FA/FB Stainless steel
MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

192
CMK2-JG2/JG3 Series
Dimensions
Dimensions SCP*3
Basic (00)
CMK2
X + stroke
A WF LL + stroke V CMA2
HA
C V G RD 30.5 30.5 HD 16 K
SCM
P1 T QA 8
P
2-Rc1/8
SCG

øMM
SCA2
(Pθ)

øF
KK
SCS2
8

øD
Width across flats B MR MB CKV2
10 10
Width across flats U
CAV2/
XF
COVP/N2
X + stroke

G
SSD2

8 SSG
MO
SSD
MN

(Width across flats)


CAT

RD: Rod side max. sensitivity position MDC2


HD: Head side max. sensitivity position

Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions MVC


Bore size (mm) A B C D F G QA HA K KK LL MR MB MM MN MO T
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 30 16 8 35 14 M8x1.0 66 M26x1.5 M26x1.5 10 8 5 5 SMG
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 16 8 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 M26x1.5 12 10 5 6
MSD/
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 16 8 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 M26x1.5 12 10 5 6
MSDG
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 16 8 38 14 M12x1.5 73 M30x1.5 M26x1.5 14 12 6 7
Code With switch Boss cutoff type FC*
Bore size (mm) U V WF X XF RD HD P P1 (Pθ)° X
ø20 28 16 28 130 48 7 6 23.1 19.5 22 114 STK
ø25 30 16 28 136 51 8.5 7.5 25.6 22 18 120
ø32 34 16 28 136 51 8.5 7.5 30.1 25.5 15 120 SRL3
ø40 43 16 28 142 53 10.5 9.5 34.1 29.5 12 126
SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

193
CMK2-JG2/JG3 Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
Axial foot (LB) LA + stroke
CMK2 WF
A LL + stroke V
HA C V G RD 30.5 30.5 HD 16
CMA2
P1 T QA 8
P
SCM 2-Rc1/8

øMM
8
LI

SCG

SCA2 (Pθ) KK
LH

LF
LT

øD
Width across flats B 10 10
SCS2 LB LC Width across flats U LC LB
LR
4-øLD
LS LG + stroke
CKV2
CAV2/ Code Axial foot (LB) Basic dimensions Mounting dimensions
COVP/N2 Bore size (mm) A B C D G QA HA KK LL MM T U V WF LA LB LC LD LF
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 16 8 35 M8x1.0 66 10 5 28 16 28 149 12 23 7 5
SSD2 ø25 23 17 20 26.4 16 8 35 M10x1.25 69 12 6 30 16 28 155 12 23 7 5
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 16 8 35 M10x1.25 69 12 6 34 16 28 155 12 23 7 5
SSG ø40 25 19 22 41.6 16 8 38 M12x1.5 73 14 7 43 16 28 161 12 23 7 5
Code With switch
SSD Bore size (mm) LG LH LI LR LS LT RD HD P P1 (Pθ)°
ø20 112 30 20 46 62 3 7 6 23.1 19.5 22
CAT ø25 115 30 20 46 62 3 8.5 7.5 25.6 22 18
ø32 115 30 20 46 62 3 8.5 7.5 30.1 25.5 15
MDC2 ø40 119 30 20 46 62 3 10.5 9.5 34.1 29.5 12

MVC
Axial foot (one side) (LS)
X + stroke
SMG A WF LL + stroke V
HA
C V G RD 30.5 30.5 HD 16 K
MSD/ P1 T QA 8
MSDG P
2-Rc1/8
øMM

FC*
8
LI

STK
(Pθ)
LH

KK
LT

øD

10
SRL3 10
Width across flats B Width across flats U MB
LC LB
LR
SRG3 4-øLD LF LG + stroke
LS

SRM3 X + stroke
G
SRT3 8

MRL2

MRG2 *1: Max. stroke: 50.

Code Axial foot (LS) Basic dimensions


SM‑25
Bore size (mm) A B C D G QA HA K KK LL MB MM T U V WF X
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 16 8 35 14 M8x1.0 66 M26x1.5 10 5 28 16 28 130
ShkAbs
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 16 8 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 30 16 28 136
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 16 8 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 34 16 28 136
FJ
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 16 8 38 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 43 16 28 142
Code Mounting dimensions With switch Boss cutoff type
FK
Bore size (mm) LB LC LD LF LG LH LI LR LS LT RD HD P P1 (Pθ)° X LG
Spd ø20 12 23 7 48 62 30 20 46 62 3 7 6 23.1 19.5 22 114 46
Contr ø25 12 23 7 48 65 30 20 46 62 3 8.5 7.5 25.6 22 18 120 49
ø32 12 23 7 48 65 30 20 46 62 3 8.5 7.5 30.1 25.5 15 120 49
Ending ø40 12 23 7 48 69 30 20 46 62 3 10.5 9.5 34.1 29.5 12 126 53

194
CMK2-JG2/JG3 Series
Dimensions
Dimensions SCP*3
Rod side flange (FA) X + stroke
A WF LL + stroke V CMK2
C V G RD 30.5 30.5 HD 16 K
HA
T QA 8 CMA2
2-Rc1/8

øMM
SCM

FC
FH

øF
SCG
KK

øD
Width across flats B Width across flats U 10 10 MB SCA2
FL 4-øFD
FT
FM SCS2
FF FG + stroke

X + stroke
CKV2
G
8 CAV2/
COVP/N2

SSD2

SSG
FG + stroke
SSD
Code Rod side flange (FA) Basic dimensions
Bore size (mm) A B C D F G QA HA K KK LL MB MM T U V WF X CAT
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 30 16 8 35 14 M8x1.0 66 M26x1.5 10 5 28 16 28 130
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 16 8 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 30 16 28 136
MDC2
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 16 8 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 34 16 28 136
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 16 8 38 14 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 43 16 28 142 MVC
Code Mounting dimensions With switch Boss cutoff type
Bore size (mm) FC FD FF FG FH FL FM FT RD HD P P1 (Pθ)° X FG SMG
ø20 28 7 23 87 44 64 80 5 7 6 23.1 19.5 22 114 71
ø25 28 7 23 90 44 64 80 5 8.5 7.5 25.6 22 18 120 74 MSD/
MSDG
ø32 28 7 23 90 44 64 80 5 8.5 7.5 30.1 25.5 15 120 74
ø40 28 7 23 94 44 64 80 5 10.5 9.5 34.1 29.5 12 126 78 FC*

Head side flange (FB) STK


X + stroke
WF LL + stroke
SRL3
A V
C V G RD 30.5 30.5 HD 16
HA SRG3
T QA 8
2-Rc1/8
øMM

SRM3
FC

FH

SRT3
KK
MR
øD

Width across flats B Width across flats U 10 10 FT


MRL2
FL 4-øFD
FJ + stroke FM MRG2
Code Head side flange (FB) Basic dimensions
SM‑25
Bore size (mm) A B C D G QA HA K KK LL MR MM T U V WF X
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 16 8 35 14 M8x1.0 66 M26x1.5 10 5 28 16 28 130
ShkAbs
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 16 8 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 30 16 28 136
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 16 8 35 14 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 34 16 28 136
FJ
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 16 8 38 14 M12x1.5 73 M30x1.5 14 7 43 16 28 142
Code Mounting dimensions With switch
FK
Bore size (mm) FC FD FH FJ FL FM FT RD HD P P1 (Pθ)°
ø20 28 7 44 99 64 80 5 7 6 23.1 19.5 22 Spd
ø25 28 7 44 102 64 80 5 8.5 7.5 25.6 22 18 Contr
ø32 28 7 44 102 64 80 5 8.5 7.5 30.1 25.5 15
ø40 28 7 44 106 64 80 5 10.5 9.5 34.1 29.5 12
Ending

195
CMK2-JG2/JG3 Series
SCP*3
Dimensions
Eye bracket integrated (CC)
CMK2

CA + stroke
CMA2
A WF LL + stroke
U
SCM C G RD 30.5 30.5 HD 16 CM
P1
T QA 8 P
2-Rc1/8
SCG øCDH10
øMM

(Pθ)
SCA2

øCO
KK

8
SCS2

øD
CB CC

øF
Width across flats B 10 10
CKV2 CQ -0.1
-0.3
CJ + stroke

CAV2/
COVP/N2 MO

SSD2
MN

(Width across flats)

SSG

SSD

Code Eye bracket integrated (CC) Basic dimensions Mounting dimensions


CAT
Bore size (mm) A B C D F G QA KK LL MM T U WF CA CB CC CD CJ CM
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 30 32 24 M8x1.0 82 10 5 28 12 135 12 9 8 106 21
MDC2
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 32 24 M10x1.25 85 12 6 30 12 141 12 9 8 109 21
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 32 24 M10x1.25 85 12 6 34 12 146 14 12 10 111 26
MVC
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 32 24 M12x1.5 89 14 7 43 12 156 16 14 12 117 30

SMG Code With switch


Bore size (mm) CO CQ RD HD P P1 (Pθ)°
MSD/ ø20 22 16 7 6 23.1 19.5 22
MSDG ø25 24 16 8.5 7.5 25.6 22 18

FC* ø32 24 16 8.5 7.5 30.1 25.5 15


ø40 30 20 10.5 9.5 34.1 29.5 12

STK

SRL3

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

MRG2

SM‑25

ShkAbs

FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

196
CMK2-JG2/JG3 Series
Accessories (rod eye/pin)
Accessory dimensions SCP*3
Rod eye (I)
CMK2
Material: Stainless steel
EW -0.1
CMA2
CDH10 -0.2

SCM

MC
MA
SCG

CA
SCA2
AA

KK 19
SCS2
CH

CKV2
Applicable bore Weight CAV2/
Model No. AA CA CD CH EW KK MA MC
size (mm) (g) COVP/N2
M1-I-20S 20 14 30 10 19 8 M8x1.0 13 10 60
M1-I-30S 25 / 32 14 36 12 25 10 M10x1.25 16 12 106 SSD2
M1-I-40S 40 14 36 12 25 10 M12x1.5 16 12 100
SSG

Rod clevis (Y) SSD


Material: Stainless steel
+0.3
CB
CDH10 +0.1
CAT
MC

MDC2
MB

MVC
CA

SMG

KK CH CL MSD/
MSDG

FC*
Applicable bore Weight
Model No. CA CB CD CH CL KK MB MC
size (mm) (g)
STK
M1-Y-20S 20 30 8 10 19 19 M8x1.0 13 10 99
M1-Y-30S 25 / 32 36 10 12 25 25 M10x1.25 16 12 197
SRL3
M1-Y-40S 40 36 10 12 25 25 M12x1.5 16 12 193
Note: A pin and split washer pin are included. SRG3

Rod clevis pin (P) SRM3


Material: Stainless steel
A SRT3
øCDf8
4.5 EL T
MRL2
øY
øX

MRG2

2-øD
SM‑25
8 20 4
7
3. ShkAbs
7.4

FJ

FK
Applicable Weight
Model No. A D CD EL T X Y
bore size (mm) (g) Spd
M1-P-20S 20 37 4 10 28 1.6 10.5 18 29 Contr
M1-P-30S 25/32/40 46 4 12 37 2.3 12.5 22 50
Ending
Note: A pin and split washer pin for rod clevis use are included with the product.

197
CMK2 Series
SCP*3 CMK2 Series common dimensions (T1*, T8*, 2-color LED, with switch)
CMK2-**-**-T 23 YH/V
CMK2

CMA2

SCM

SCG RD 30.5 30.5 HD

P1
SCA2 P

SCS2
(Pθ)

CKV2
CAV2/
8

COVP/N2

SSD2 10 10

SSG

SSD
2-color LED switch mounting dimensions
CAT
1-color LED (T1, T8) 2-color LED (T Y) 23
Code RD *1 HD *2 P
MDC2
P1 (Pθ)°
T1, T 23Y T8 T1, T 23Y T8 T1 T 23 Y, T8
Bore size (mm)
MVC
ø20 7.0 2.0 6.0 1 28.5 23.1 19.5 22
ø25 8.5 3.5 7.5 2.5 31.0 25.6 22.0 18
SMG
ø32 8.5 3.5 7.5 2.5 35.5 30.1 25.5 15
MSD/ ø40 10.5 5.5 9.5 4.5 39.5 34.1 29.5 12
MSDG *1: RD dimension of CMK2-S is shown in Table 1 below.
*2: HD dimension of CMK2-SR is shown in Table 2 below.
FC*

STK Table 1
RD
SRL3 Code T1, T 23 Y T8
25 or Over 25 Over 50 Over 100 Over 150 Over 200 Over 250 25 or Over 25 Over 50 Over 100 Over 150 Over 200 Over 250
SRG3 Bore size (mm) less to 50 to 100 to 150 to 200 to 250 to 300 less to 50 to 100 to 150 to 200 to 250 to 300
ø20 32.0 34.0 61.0 88.0 115.0 142.0 169.0 27.0 29.0 56.0 83.0 110.0 137.0 164.0
SRM3 ø25 33.5 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 158.5 188.5 28.5 33.5 63.5 93.5 123.5 153.5 183.5
ø32 33.5 38.5 68.5 98.5 128.5 158.5 188.5 28.5 33.5 63.5 93.5 123.5 153.5 183.5
SRT3 ø40 35.5 40.5 70.5 100.5 130.5 160.5 190.5 30.5 35.5 65.5 65.5 125.5 155.5 185.5

MRL2 Table 2
HD
MRG2 Code T1, T 23 Y T8
25 or Over 25 Over 50 Over 100 Over 150 Over 200 Over 250 25 or Over 25 Over 50 Over 100 Over 150 Over 200 Over 250
SM‑25 Bore size (mm) less to 50 to 100 to 150 to 200 to 250 to 300 less to 50 to 100 to 150 to 200 to 250 to 300
ø20 31.0 33.0 60.0 87.0 114.0 141.0 168.0 26.0 28.0 55.0 82.0 109.0 136.0 163.0
ShkAbs ø25 32.5 37.5 67.5 97.5 127.5 157.5 187.5 27.5 32.5 62.5 92.5 122.5 152.5 182.5
ø32 32.5 37.5 67.5 97.5 127.5 157.5 187.5 27.5 32.5 62.5 92.5 122.5 152.5 182.5
FJ ø40 34.5 39.5 69.5 99.5 129.5 159.5 189.5 29.5 34.5 64.5 94.5 124.5 154.5 184.5

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

198
CMK2 Series
Dimensions with options SCP*3
Boss cutoff (V)
CMK2

CMA2
X + stroke
SCM
A WF LL + stroke

C V 16 16 SCG
U
øMM 8 2-Rc1/8 8
SCA2
T
SCS2
HA

øD

øF
CKV2
KK CAV2/
Width across flats B MB COVP/N2
XF XE + stroke
SSD2

SSG

SSD
Note: ‌Dimensions of other mountings are the same as those of the standard. Refer to pages 91 to 97. (Mountable, mounting: 00, LS, FA, TA)
Code Basic (00) Basic dimensions CAT
Bore size (mm) A B C D F HA KK LL MB MM T U V WF X XE XF
ø20 20 13 18 21.4 28 26 M 8x1.0 66 M18x1.5 10 5 24 14 24 110 66 44 MDC2
ø25 23 17 20 26.4 32 35 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 30 16 23 115 69 46
ø32 23 17 20 33.6 36 35 M10x1.25 69 M26x1.5 12 6 34 16 23 115 69 46 MVC
ø40 25 19 22 41.6 45 35 M12x1.5 73 M26x1.5 14 7 43 16 23 121 73 48

SMG
MSD/
MSDG
With push-in fitting (-F) With push-in fitting (-FE)
FC*

STK
2-GWJS6-6 2-GWJL6-6
(B)

SRL3
(A)

SRG3

SRM3

SRT3

MRL2

Code MRG2
A B
Bore size (mm)
ø20 30.5 34.5 SM‑25
ø25 32.5 36.5
ø32 34.5 38.5 ShkAbs
ø40 39 43
FJ

FK
Spd
Contr

Ending

199

You might also like